WO2006028962A2 - 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods - Google Patents

1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006028962A2
WO2006028962A2 PCT/US2005/031310 US2005031310W WO2006028962A2 WO 2006028962 A2 WO2006028962 A2 WO 2006028962A2 US 2005031310 W US2005031310 W US 2005031310W WO 2006028962 A2 WO2006028962 A2 WO 2006028962A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
aryl
alkenyl
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/031310
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006028962A3 (en
Inventor
Larry R. Krepski
Daniel E. Duffy
John F. Gerster
Joan T. Moseman
Original Assignee
3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 3M Innovative Properties Company filed Critical 3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority to JP2007530396A priority Critical patent/JP5209312B2/en
Priority to AT05794068T priority patent/ATE555786T1/en
Priority to US11/574,463 priority patent/US7579359B2/en
Priority to EP05794068A priority patent/EP1789042B1/en
Priority to AU2005282726A priority patent/AU2005282726B2/en
Priority to CA2578741A priority patent/CA2578741C/en
Priority to PL05794068T priority patent/PL1789042T3/en
Priority to ES05794068T priority patent/ES2384390T3/en
Publication of WO2006028962A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006028962A2/en
Publication of WO2006028962A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006028962A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14—Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10—Antimycotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • Certain lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and 1- and 2-substituted derivatives thereof were later found to be useful as antiviral agents, bronchodilators and immunomodulators. Subsequently, certain substituted lH-imidazo[4,5-c] pyridine- amine, quinolin-4-amine, tetrahydroquinolin-4-amine, naphthyridin-4-amine, and tetrahydronaphthyridin-4-amine compounds as well as certain analogous thiazolo and oxazolo compounds were synthesized and found to be useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs), rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders.
  • IRMs immune response modifiers
  • the present invention provides compounds of the Formula I:
  • R 1 , R 2; R 3 , R", R, R A , R B , RA I , R B I, m 5 n, P 5 and G are as defined below; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and XIV are useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs) due to their ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis (e.g., induce or inhibit the biosynthesis or production of one or more cytokines) and otherwise modulate the immune response when administered to animals.
  • IRMs immune response modifiers
  • Compounds can be tested for induction of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) in a culture with the compound(s) at a concentration range of 30 to 0.014 ⁇ M and analyzing for interferon ( ⁇ ) or tumor necrosis factor ( ⁇ ) in the culture supernatant.
  • Compounds can be tested for inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 in a culture with the compound(s) at a single concentration of, for example, 5 ⁇ M and analyzing for tumor necrosis factor ( ⁇ ) in the culture supernatant.
  • cytokine biosynthesis for example, induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, makes the compounds useful in the treatment of a variety of conditions such as viral diseases and neoplastic diseases, that are responsive to such changes in the immune response.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions containing the immune response modifier compounds, and methods of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in animal cells, treating a viral disease in an animal, and/or treating a neoplastic disease in an animal by administering to the animal one or more compounds of the Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and/or XIV, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention provides methods of synthesizing the compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and XIV and intermediates useful in the synthesis of these compounds.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R", R, R A , R B , R AI , R BI , m, n, p, and G are as defined below.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 ,
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R" groups; or when taken together, R A and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R 6 )-, -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -,
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent;
  • R'" is a non-interfering substituent; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula II:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R 6 ) 2 , -C(R 7 )-N(R 6 ) 2 , -S(O) 2 -N(Re) 2 ,
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R 3 group and two R groups; or when taken together, RA and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylalkyleny
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • X is C 2-2O alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O) 0-2 -;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH(R 6 )-, -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 4 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hal
  • R 5 ' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O) 0-2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(R 7 )-, -C(Ry)-O-,
  • Z' is a bond or -O-
  • A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -N(R 4 ')-;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-C(R 7 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 7 VNCRn)-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(R 7 )-0-, and -C(R 7 )-N(OR 12 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -0-C(R 7 )-, -N(Rn)-C(R 7 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is ⁇ 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R 4 ')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-1O alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 1-10 alkoxyC 2-10 alkylenyl, and arylC ⁇ o alkylenyl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula III:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R 6 ) 2 , -C(R 7 )-N(R 6 ) 2 , -S(O) 2 -N(Re) 2 , -N(R6)-C(R 7 )-Ci-io alkyl, -N(R O )-S(O) 2 -C 1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-C 1-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C
  • RAI and R B1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R 6 )-, -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • X is C 2-2O alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O) 0-2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula IV:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 ,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1, with the proviso that when m is 1, n is 0, 1, or 2; R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, ary
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • X is C 2-2O alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O) 0-2 -;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R 6 )-, -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 4 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hal
  • R 5 ' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O) 0-2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(R 7 )-, -C(Rv)-O-,
  • Z' is a bond or -O-
  • a 1 is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -N(R 4 ')-;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-C(R 7 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(Rv)-N(Rn)-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(Rv)-O-, and -C(Rv)-N(ORi 2 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -0-C(R 7 )-, -N(Rn)-C(R 7 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is ⁇ 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R 4 ')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene
  • Rn is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2- I 0 alkenyl, C 1-10 alkoxyC 2-10 alkylenyl, and arylC 1-10 alkylenyl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula V:
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 ,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
  • R is selected, from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 ; n is an integer from 0 to 4;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkeny
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl
  • Rg is C 2-7 alkylene; Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or
  • R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R 6 )-, -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene; X" is C 1-2 O alkylene;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O) 0-2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of the following Formulas VI, VII, VIII, and IX (preferably, a compound of Formula VI):
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylal
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o -2 -;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R 6 )-, -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 4 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen
  • R 5 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Z 1 is a bond or -O-;
  • A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -N(R 4 1 )-;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-C(R 7 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(Ry)-N(Rn)-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(Ry)-O-, and -C(Ry)-N(ORi 2 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -0-C(R 7 )-, -N(Rn)-C(R 7 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is ⁇ 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R 4 ')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or Rg and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which Rg is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 1O is C 3-8 alkylene
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, C 1-10 alkoxyC 2-10 alkylenyl, and arylQ-io alkylenyl;
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of the following Formulas X, XI, XII, and XIII:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 , -X-R 5 ,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, lieteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, al
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R 6 )-, -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene
  • X" is C 1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o -2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(R ⁇ -Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula XIV:
  • G is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R' and R"" are each independently C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkyl, haloC 1-4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH 3 , -C(O)-O-CH 3 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -0-CH 2 -C(O)-NH 2 , -NH 2 , and -S(O) 2 -NH 2 ;
  • ⁇ -aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic
  • Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, carboxyC 1-6 alkyl, aminoC 1-4 alkyl, mono-iV-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkyl, and di-N,N-C ⁇ -6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkyl;
  • Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C 1-6 alkylamino, di--V,_V-C 1 - 6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C 1-4 alkylpiperazin-l-yl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 , -X-R 5 ,
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, RA and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is bonded can join to form the group
  • R 12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R 6 )-, -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-;
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene; X" is C 1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )-O-, -S(O) 2 -,
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
  • R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent;
  • R'" is a non-interfering substituent;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • each one of the following variables e.g., R, R", R'", R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 ', R A , R B , m, n, p, A, G, and so on
  • each one of the following variables e.g., R, R", R'", R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 ', R A , R B , m, n, p, A, G, and so on
  • each of the resulting combinations of variables is an embodiment of the present invention.
  • each of R" and R'" is independently a non-interfering substituent.
  • each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and non-interfering substituents.
  • non-interfering means that the immunomodulator activity (for example, the ability to induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines or the ability to inhibit the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines) of the compound, which includes a non-interfering substituent, is not destroyed.
  • Illustrative R" groups include those described herein for R 2 .
  • Illustrative R'" groups include those described herein for R and R 3 .
  • RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 ; or when taken together, RA and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, R A and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 ; or when taken together, R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R 3 group and two R groups; or when taken together, R A and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rj 2 ) 2 .
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
  • R A and R B are each methyl.
  • R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups.
  • R A and R B form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R 3 group and two R groups.
  • RA and R B form a fused benzene ring.
  • the fused benzene ring is unsubstituted.
  • R A and R B form a fused pyridine ring.
  • the fused pyridine ring is
  • the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
  • the fused pyridine ring is unsubstituted.
  • RA and R B form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
  • R A and R 5 form a fused cyclohexene ring.
  • the fused cyclohexene ring is unsubstituted.
  • R A and R B form a fused tetrahydropyridine ring.
  • the fused tetrahydropyridine ring is wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
  • the fused tetrahydropyridine ring is unsubstituted.
  • fused cyclohexene ring and fused tetrahydropyridine ring are each fused to the ring system such that the unsaturated carbon atoms of each of these rings are in common with the pyridine ring.
  • a fused cyclohexene ring is illustrated within the following formulas:
  • R A1 and R BI are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 .
  • R AI and R BI are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
  • R A1 and R BI are each methyl.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 12 ) 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R 4 , -X-R 5 , -X-N(Rg)-Y-R 4 , -X"-C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-R 4 , -X"-C(R 7 )-O-N(R 6 )-R 4 , -X-S(O) 2 -N(R( J )-R 4 , and -X-O-R 4 .
  • R 1 is -R 4 , -X-N(Rg)-Y-R 4 , or -X"-C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-R4.
  • R 1 is -R 4 .
  • -R 4 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkylenyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ?z-propyl, isopropyl, 7j-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, and (pyridin-3-yl)methyl.
  • R 1 is (and, hence, R 4 is) methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, or (pyridin-3-yl)methyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, and 2-phenoxyethyl.
  • R 1 is -X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 or -X"-C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-R 4 .
  • R 1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl
  • R 1 is 3-(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3 - ⁇ [(isopropylamino)carbonyl] amino ⁇ propyl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl, or carbamoylmethyl.
  • R 1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl
  • R 1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, ra-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, (pyridin-3-yl)methyl, 3 - [(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl, 3 -(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3- ⁇ [(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino ⁇ propyl, or 2-(mo ⁇ holin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R 6 ) 2 , -C(R 7 )-N(R 6 ) 2 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 ) 2 , -N(R 6 )-C(R 7 )-C 1-10 alkyl, -N(R 6 )-S(O) 2 -C M0 alkyl, -C(O)-C 1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-Ci -I0 alkyl, -N 3 , aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, al
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl arylalkylenyl, and aryl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, r ⁇ -propyl, isopropyl, isopropenyl, r ⁇ -butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-l-methylethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, and phenyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, » -propyl, n -butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and 3- hydroxypropyl.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, ra-butyl, ethoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and phenyl.
  • R 2 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, ⁇ -butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopropenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-l-methylethyl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, or tetrahydropyran-4-yl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z-R 4 ,
  • R 3 is -Z-R 4 ', or -Z-X'-Y'-Rj.
  • R 3 is -Z-R 4 .
  • R 3 is phenyl or pyridin-3-yl.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, o
  • R 4 ' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalk
  • R 5 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen.
  • R 8 is C 2-7 alkylene.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl.
  • R 9 is hydrogen.
  • R 9 and R 4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R 9 is
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene.
  • R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CM O alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, Ci -10 alkoxyC 2-10 alkylenyl, and arylCi -10 alkylenyl.
  • Ri 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of: -CH(R 6 )-,
  • A is -0-.
  • A is -0-, -N(R 6 )-, -N(Y-R 4 )-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R 4 )-.
  • A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -0-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -N(R 4 ')-.
  • a 1 is -O- or -N(R 4 1 )-.
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 7 )-, -0-C(R 7 )-, -N(Rn)-C(R 7 )-, and -S(O) 2 -.
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -.
  • X is C 2-20 alkylene.
  • X is C 2-4 alkylene.
  • X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X" is C 1-20 alkylene.
  • X" is C 1-4 alkylene.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 7 )-, -C(R 7 )O-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )-, and -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-.
  • Y is -C(R 7 )-, -S(O) 2 -, or -C(R 7 )-N(R 9 )-.
  • R 7 0.
  • R 9 is hydrogen.
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O) 0-2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 11 )-, -C(R 7 )-, -C(Ry)-O-, -0-C(R 7 )-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(Rn)-Q-, -C(R 7 )-N(R n )-,
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O) 0-2 -.
  • Z' is a bond or -0-.
  • Z' is a bond.
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4.
  • a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4.
  • c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6.
  • c + d is ⁇ 7.
  • A' is -O- and c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4.
  • a 1 is -N(R 4 1 )- and c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4.
  • m is 0 or 1.
  • m is 0.
  • m is 1.
  • when m is 1, n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • n is 0.
  • n is 1.
  • n is 2.
  • m is 1 and p is 0.
  • m is 1 and p is 1.
  • m is 1 and p is 2.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4. For certain embodiments, n is 0. For certain embodiments, n is 0, 1, or 2.
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3. For certain embodiments, p is 0. For certain embodiments, p is 0, 1, or 2.
  • n is 0.
  • m is 0 and p is 0.
  • R' and R"" are each independently C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkyl, haloCi.4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH 3 , -C(O)-O-CH 3 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -0-CH 2 -C(O)-NH 2 , -NH 2 , and -S(O) 2 -NH 2 .
  • ⁇ -aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids.
  • Y 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, and benzyl.
  • Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, carboxyC 1-6 alkyl, aminoC 1-4 alkyl, mono-iV-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkyl, and di-N,JV-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkyl.
  • Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C 1-6 alkylamino, di-iV,N-C 1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C 1-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl.
  • alkyl As used herein, the terms “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, “alkynyl” and the prefix “alk ⁇ ” are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, e.g., cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl. Unless otherwise specified, these groups contain from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkenyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, these groups have a total of up to 10 carbon atoms, up to 8 carbon atoms, up to 6 carbon atoms, or up to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably have from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms.
  • Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and substituted and unsubstituted bornyl, norbornyl, and norbornenyl.
  • alkylene "-alkylene-”, “alkenylene”, “-alkenylene-”, “alkynylene”, and “-alkynylene-” are the divalent forms of the “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, and “alkynyl” groups defined above.
  • alkylenyl “alkenylenyl”, and “alkynylenyl” are used when “alkylene”, “alkenylene”, and “alkynylene", respectively, are substituted.
  • an arylalkylenyl group comprises an "alkylene” moiety to which an aryl group is attached.
  • haloalkyl is inclusive of alkyl groups that are substituted by one or more halogen atoms, including perfluorinated groups. This is also true of other groups that include the prefix "halo-". Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups are chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like.
  • aryl as used herein includes carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl and indenyl.
  • heteroatom refers to the atoms O, S, or N.
  • heteroaryl includes aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N).
  • heteroaryl includes a ring or ring system that contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 rings, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and/or N as the heteroatoms.
  • Suitable heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and so on.
  • heterocyclyl includes non-aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N) and includes all of the fully saturated and partially unsaturated derivatives of the above mentioned heteroaryl groups.
  • heterocyclyl includes a ring or ring system that contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 rings, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms.
  • heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, quinuclidinyl, homopiperidinyl (azepanyl), 1,4-oxazepanyl, homopiperazinyl (diazepanyl), 1,3-dioxolanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydroisoquinolin-(lH)-yl, octahydroisoquinolin-(lH)-yl, dihydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, octahydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, dihydro-lH-imi
  • heterocyclyl includes bicylic and tricyclic heterocyclic ring systems. Such ring systems include fused and/or bridged rings and spiro rings. Fused rings can include, in addition to a saturated or partially saturated ring, an aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring. Spiro rings include two rings joined by one spiro atom and three rings joined by two spiro atoms.
  • heterocyclyl contains a nitrogen atom
  • the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl group may be the nitrogen atom
  • arylene is the divalent forms of the "aryl”, “heteroaryl”, and “heterocyclyl” groups defined above.
  • arylenyl is used when “arylene”, “heteroarylene”, and “heterocyclylene”, respectively, are substituted.
  • an alkylarylenyl group comprises an arylene moiety to which an alkyl group is attached.
  • each group is independently selected, whether explicitly stated or not.
  • each R 12 group is independently selected for the formula -N(R 12 ) 2 .
  • each R 6 group is independently selected when an R 1 and an R 2 group both contain an R 6 group.
  • each R 6 group is independently selected when more than one
  • R / 8 group is present (i.e., R 5 and R 5 ' both contain a 8 group) each R 8 group is independently selected and each R 7 group is independently selected.
  • the invention is inclusive of the compounds described herein (including intermediates) in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers (e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers), salts, solvates, polymorphs, prodrugs, and the like.
  • isomers e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers
  • salts e.g., sodium bicarbonate
  • solvates e.g., sodium bicarbonate
  • polymorphs e.g., sodium bicarbonate
  • prodrugs e.g., sodium bicarbonate
  • the term “compound” includes any or all of such forms, whether explicitly stated or not (although at times, “salts" are explicitly stated).
  • prodrug means a compound that can be transformed in vivo to yield an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above.
  • the prodrug itself, may be an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above.
  • the transformation may occur by vaious mechanisms, such as through a chemical (e.g., solvolysis or hydrolysis, for example, in the blood) or enzymatic biotransformation.
  • a discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A. C. S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • Compounds of the invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein.
  • the starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York, (1967-1999 ed.); Alan R. Katritsky, Otto Meth- Cohn, Charles W. Rees, Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations, v 1- 6, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1995); Barry M.
  • reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates.
  • EXAMPLES section below For more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the EXAMPLES section below.
  • Other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the compounds of the invention.
  • specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the reaction schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions.
  • many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art.
  • a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline of Formula XX is reduced to provide a 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXI.
  • the reduction can be carried out using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum on carbon or palladium on carbon.
  • a platinum catalyst is preferred.
  • the reaction can be conveniently carried out on a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as toluene and/or isopropanol.
  • Many compounds of Formula XX are known or can be prepared using known synthetic methods, see for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,689,338; 5,175,296; 5,367,076; and 5,389,640; and the documents cited therein.
  • XXI is known.
  • 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline, 3-amino-4,5- dichloroquinoline, and 3-amino-4,7-dichloroquinoline have been prepared by Surrey et al., Journal of the American Chemical Society, 73, pp. 2413-2416 (1951).
  • step (1) an aqueous solution of sodium dithionite can be added to a solution or suspension of the compound of Formula XX in a suitable solvent such as ethanol or isopropanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as ethanol or isopropanol.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux, or at ambient temperature.
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme I a 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXI is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R 2 C(O)Cl or R 2 C(O)Br to provide an N-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXII.
  • the acyl halide is added to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a suitable solvent such as anhydrous dichloromethane optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as anhydrous dichloromethane optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction can be run at a reduced temperature, for example, 0° C, or at ambient temperature.
  • the compound of Formula XXI can be reacted with a formylating agent such as, for example, diethoxymethyl acetate.
  • compounds wherein R 2 is hydrogen can be prepared utilizing amidines such as iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-N,N- dimethylimidoformamide.
  • XXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII.
  • the hydroxylamine hydrochloride is added to a solution of a compound of Formula XXII in an alcoholic solvent.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux.
  • the compound of Formula XXII and the hydroxylamine are refluxed in ethanol.
  • Some hydroxylamine hydrochlorides of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl are commercially available, others can be prepared using known synthetic methods.
  • a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula XXIV using a conventional oxidizing agent that is capable of forming iV-oxides.
  • the reaction is carried out by treating a solution of a compound of Formula XXIII in a suitable solvent such as chloroform or dichloromethane with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid at ambient temperature.
  • an N-oxide of Formula XXIV is animated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV, which is a subgenus 5 of compounds of Formulas I, II, and IV.
  • Step (5) can be carried out by the activation of an iV-oxide of Formula XXIV by conversion to an ester and then reacting the ester with an aminating agent.
  • Suitable activating agents include alkyl- or arylsulfonyl chorides (e.g., benzenesulfonyl choride, methanesulfonyl choride, andp-toluenesulfonyl chloride).
  • Suitable aminating agents include ammonia (e.g. in the form of ammonium hydroxide)
  • ammonium salts e.g., ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, ammonium phosphate.
  • the reaction can be carried out by dissolving a compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, adding ammonium hydroxide to the solution, and then adding benzenesulfonyl chloride.
  • a suitable solvent such as chloroform
  • step (4) the oxidation of step (4) and the animation of step (5) can be carried out sequentially without isolating the product of the oxidation to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV.
  • step (4) after the IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII is consumed by reaction with 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid as described in step (4), the aminating and acylating agents are 0 added to the reaction mixture as in step (5).
  • the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • step (5) can be carried out by the reaction of an iV-oxide of Formula XXrV with trichloroacetyl isocyanate followed by hydrolysis of the resulting intennediate to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV.
  • the reaction is
  • step 25 conveniently carried out in two steps by (i) adding trichloroacetyl isocyanate to a solution of the iV-oxide of Formula XXIV in a solvent such as dichloromethane and stirring at ambient temperature to provide an isolable amide intermediate.
  • step (ii) a solution of the intermediate in methanol is treated with a base such as sodium methoxide at ambient temperature.
  • a base such as sodium methoxide
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , and m are as defined above;
  • E is carbon (imidazoquinoline ring) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridine ring); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring) with the proviso that when m is 1, n is 0 or 1; and D is -Br, -I, or -OCH 2 Ph; wherein Ph is phenyl.
  • an aniline or aminopyridine of Formula XXVI is treated with the condensation product generated from 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (Meldrum's acid) and triethyl orthoformate to provide an imine of Formula XXVII.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a solution of an aniline or aminopyridine of Formula XXVI to a heated mixture of Meldrum's acid and triethyl orthoformate and heating the reaction at an elevated temperature.
  • Many anilines and aminopyridines of Formula XXVI are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods.
  • benzyloxypyridines of Formula XXVI can be prepared using the method of Holladay et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett, 8, pp. 2797-2802, (1998).
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme II an imine of Formula XXVII undergoes thermolysis and cyclization to provide a [l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or a quinolin-4-ol of Formula XXVIII.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in a medium such as DOWTHERM A heat transfer fluid at a temperature between 200 and 250 0 C.
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme II a [l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or a quinolin-4-ol of Formula XXVIII is nitrated under conventional nitration conditions to provide a 3- mtro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3-nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXIX.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding nitric acid to a compound of Formula XXVIII in a suitable solvent such as propionic acid and heating the mixture at an elevated temperature.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme II a 3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXIX is reduced to provide a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4- ol or 3-aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX.
  • the reduction can be carried out using the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX is chlorinated using conventional chlorination chemistry to provide a 3-amino-4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridine or 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXXI.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by treating a compound of Formula XXX with phosphorous oxychloride in a suitable solvent such as N 1 N- dimethylformamide (DMF).
  • DMF N 1 N- dimethylformamide
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as 100 °C.
  • step (6) of Reaction Scheme II a 3-ammo-4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridine or 3- amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXXI is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R 2 C(O)Cl or R 2 C(O)Br to provide an N-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridm-3-yl) amide or /V-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (7) of Reaction Scheme II aniV-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or /V-(4-chloroqumolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII is oxidized to provide an TV-oxide of Formula XXXIV and then animated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4- amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXXV, which is a subgenus of compounds of Formulas I and II.
  • the reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • compounds in Reaction Scheme II can be further elaborated using known synthetic methods.
  • the acid chloride used in step (6) of Reaction Scheme II may contain a protected hydroxy or amino group.
  • Some acid chlorides of this type, for example acetoxyacetyl chloride, are commercially available. Others can be prepared by known synthetic methods.
  • the protected hydroxy or amino group may be deprotected and further functionalized before step (8) of Reaction Scheme II.
  • this type of functionalization of an R 2 group see U.S. Patent No. 5,389,640 (Gerster et al.).
  • Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme III, where R, R 1 , R 2 , and n are as defined above, Hal is Br or I, and R 3a is as defined below.
  • Formula XXXVa is a subset of Formula XXXV where D is Br or I.
  • Compounds of Formula XXXVa can be prepared according to the method of Reaction Scheme II.
  • Reaction Scheme III can be carried out using known palladium-catalyzed coupling reactions such as Suzuki coupling, Stille coupling, Sonogashira coupling, and the Heck reaction.
  • a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa undergoes Suzuki coupling with a boronic acid of Formula R 3a -B(OH) 2 , an anhydride thereof, or a boronic acid ester of Formula R 3a -B(O-alkyl) 2 to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVI, a subgenus of Formula II, wherein R 3a is -Z-R 4 ', -Z'-X'-RV, -Z'-X'-Y'-RV, or -Z'-X'-R 5 '; -Z' is a bond; -Z'
  • the coupling is carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXVa with a boronic acid or an ester or anhydride thereof in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a base such as sodium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as n-propanol.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (e.g., 80-100 0 C).
  • R 33 -B(OH) 2 , anhydrides thereof, and boronic acid esters of Formula R 3a -B(O-alkyl) 2 are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. See, for example, Li, W. et al, J. Org. Chem., 67, 5394-5397 (2002).
  • the product of Formula XXXVI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.
  • the Heck reaction can also be used in Reaction Scheme III to provide compounds of Formula XXXVI, wherein R 3a is -Z-X-R 4 ' or -Z'-X'-Y'-RV; -Z' is a bond; -X'- is alkenylene optionally terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; and R 4 ' and Y' are as defined above.
  • the Heck reaction is carried out by coupling a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa with a vinyl-substituted arylene or heteroarylene compound.
  • arylene or heteroarylene compounds such as 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, and 4-vinylpyridine
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by combining the lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-4-amine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa and the vinyl-substituted compound in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine or tri-ort/zo-tolylphosphine, and a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or toluene.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 100-120 °C under an inert atmosphere.
  • the product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • Step (1) of Reaction Scheme IV a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula XXXVII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl to provide an N-(2-chloro-3-nitropyridin-4-yl)hydroxylamine of Formula XXXVIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out by combining the hydroxylamine with a compound of Formula XXXVII in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as DMF.
  • a base such as triethylamine
  • an inert solvent such as DMF.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (about 80 0 C).
  • 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridines of the Formula XXXVII are known and can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. (See, for example, Dellaria et al, U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,064 and the references cited therein.)
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme IV an N-(2-chloro-3-nitropyridin-4- yl)hydroxylamine of Formula XXXVIII is reacted with t ⁇ -(4-methoxybenzyl)amine to provide an N- ⁇ 2-[ ⁇ zi?-(4-methoxybenzyl)ammo]-3-nitropyridm-4-yl ⁇ hydroxylamine of Formula XXXIX.
  • the reaction can be carried out by adding the bfs-(4-methoxybenzyl)amine to a solution of a compound of Formula XXXVIII in a suitable solvent such as toluene in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (about 90 0 C).
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme IV an N- ⁇ 2-[ ⁇ w-(4-methoxybenzyl)amino]-3- nitropyridin-4-yl ⁇ hydroxylamine of Formula XXXIX is reduced to provide an N- ⁇ 3-ammo-2-[&z5-(4-methoxybenzyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl ⁇ hydroxylamine of Formula XL.
  • the reduction can be carried out by treating a compound of Formula XXXIX with NiBH 4 .
  • NiBH 4 is generated in situ by adding sodium borohydride to a mixture of nickel (II) chloride heptahydrate and methanol. A solution of a compound of Formula XXXIX in a suitable solvent such as 9:2 methanol:dichloromethane is then added to the catalyst. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme IV an N- ⁇ 3-ammo-2-[bis-(4- methoxybenzyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl ⁇ hydroxylamine of Formula XL is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R 2 C(O)Cl or R 2 C(O)Br to provide an iV-(pyridin-3-yi)amide of Formula XLI.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction
  • step (5) of Reaction Scheme IV an 7V-(pyridin-3-yl)amide of Formula XLI is cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine of Formula XLII.
  • the reaction can be carried out by heating an amide of Formula XLI in toluene in the presence of pyridine hydrochloride.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux.
  • step (6) of Reaction Scheme IV the 4-methoxybenzyl groups on a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine of Formula XLII are removed by acid hydrolysis to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula III.
  • the reaction can be carried out by treating a compound of Formula XLII with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
  • the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • Step (1) the amino group of a compound of Formula XLIII can be acylated to provide a compound of Formula XLIV.
  • the reaction can be conveniently carried out by reacting a compound of Formula XLIII with an alkyl malonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • a compound of Formula XLW can be cyclized to provide a compound of Formula XLV.
  • the reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding a solution of a compound of Formula XLIV in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) to a suspension of sodium hydride (or other base capable of removing a malonyl methylene proton) in a suitable solvent such as THF.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • the reaction can be run at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature.
  • a compound of Formula XLV can be hydrolyzed and decarboxylated to provide a compound of Formula XLVI.
  • the reaction can be carried out by conventional methods, for example, by combining a compound of Formula XLV with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, with heating.
  • a compound of Formula XLVI can be nitrated to provide a compound of Formula XLVII.
  • the reaction can be carried out under conventional nitration conditions, such as by heating a compound of Formula XLVI in the presence of nitric acid, preferably in a solvent such acetic acid.
  • a compound of Formula XLVII can be chlorinated to provide a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLVIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out by combining a compound of Formula XLVII with a conventional chlorinating agent (e.g., phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, phosgene, oxalyl chloride, or phosphorus pentachloride), optionally in a solvent such as N,iV-dimethylformamide (DMF) or dichloromethane, with heating (e.g., at the reflux temperature).
  • a conventional chlorinating agent e.g., phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, phosgene, oxalyl chloride, or phosphorus pentachloride
  • a solvent such as N,iV-dimethylformamide (DMF) or dichloromethane
  • step (6) of Reaction Scheme V 2,4-dichloro-3-nitro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLVIII is reduced to provide a 3-amino-2,4-dichloro-5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLIX.
  • the reduction can be carried out using the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (7) of Reaction Scheme V a 3-amino-2,4-dichloro-5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLIX is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R 2 C(O)Cl or R 2 C(O)Br to provide anN-(4-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula L.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme V anN-(4-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula L is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl and cyclized to provide a 4-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-l#-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline of Formula LI.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R 2 C(O)Cl or R 2 C(O)Br to provide an N-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or JV-(4- hydroxyquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula LVIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • an7V-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or N-(4 ⁇ hydroxyquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula LVIII is reacted with a triflating reagent such as iV-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonamide) to provide a [l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate or quinolin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula LIX.
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme VI a [l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate or quinolin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula LIX is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R 1 ONH 2 ⁇ HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a l ⁇ f-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a lH " -imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula XXXIV and then aminated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4- amine or a lH " -imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXXV, which is a subgenus of compounds of Formulas I and II.
  • the reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • Step (1) of Reaction Scheme VII an N-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine of the Formula BoC-CH 2 -X-CH 2 -ONH 2 and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LX.
  • the reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I. ⁇ ydroxylamines of the Formula Boc-C ⁇ 2 -X-C ⁇ 2 -
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme VII the tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting group is removed under acidic conditions to provide an amino substituted lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LXI.
  • a compound of Formula LX can be combined with a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol and heated.
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme VII an amino substituted l/J-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-cJquinoline of Formula LXI is converted to a substituted lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumoline of Formula LXII using conventional methods.
  • a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of the Formula LXI can react with an acid chloride of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -C(O)-.
  • a compound of the Formula LXI can react with sulfonyl chloride OfFOmIuIaR 4 S(O) 2 Cl or a sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R 4 S(O) 2 ⁇ O to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -S(O) 2 -.
  • a compound of the Formula LXI can also react with a chloroformate of Formula R 4 CO(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -C(O)-O-.
  • Numerous acid chlorides of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R 4 S(O) 2 Cl, sulfonic anhydrides of Formula (R 4 S(O) ⁇ 2 O, and chloroformates of Formula R 4 CO(O)Cl are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods.
  • the reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding the acid chloride of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl, chloroformate of Formula R 4 CO(O)Cl, sulfonyl chloride of Formula R 4 S(O) 2 Cl, or sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R 4 S(O) ⁇ 2 O to a solution of a compound of Formula LXI and a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane, or acetonitrile.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0 0 C.
  • reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C.
  • a compound of Formula LXI can be treated with carbamoyl chlorides of Formula R 4 N-(Rg)-C(O)Cl or Formula
  • Sulfamides of Formula LXII where Y is -S(O) 2 -N(R 6 )- wherein R 6 is as defined above, can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with sulfuryl chloride to generate a sulfamoyl chloride in situ, and then reacting the sulfamoyl chloride with an amine of formula HN(R 6 )R 4 .
  • sulfamides of Formula LXII can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with a sulfamoyl chloride of Formula R 4 (R 6 )N-S(O) 2 Cl under the reaction conditions described above for reaction of compounds of Formula LXI with sulfonyl chlorides.
  • Many amines of Formula HN(R 6 )R 4 , and some sulfamoyl chlorides of Formula R 4 (R 6 )N-S(O) 2 Cl are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods.
  • a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH " -imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LXII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula LXIII and then aminated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a l/f-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula LXIV.
  • the reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
  • Prodrugs can be prepared in a variety of ways.
  • a compound wherein R 2 is hydroxyalkyl can be converted into a prodrug wherein R 2 is, for example, -alkylenyl-O-C(R 7 )-R4, -alkylenyl-O-C(R 7 )-O-R 4 , or -alkylenyl-O-C(R 7 )-N(R6)-R4, wherein R 4 , R 6 , and R 7 are as defined above, using methods known to one skilled in the art.
  • a compound wherein R is hydroxy may also be converted to an ester, an ether, a carbonate, or a carbamate.
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as C 1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(C 1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-l -(C 1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci - 6 alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl, succinoyl, C 1-6 alkanoyl, ⁇ -ammoC 1-4 alkanoyl, arylacyl, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(O)(O-C 1-6 alkyl) 2 , C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbamoyl, and ⁇ -aminoacyl or ⁇ -aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, where each ⁇ -aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring race
  • prodrugs are esters made from carboxylic acids containing one to six carbon atoms, unsubstituted or substituted benzoic acid esters, or esters made from naturally occurring L-amino acids.
  • Prodrugs can also be made from a compound containing an amino group by conversion of the amino group to a functional group such as an amide, carbamate, urea, amidine, or another hydroylizable group using conventional methods.
  • R 1 and R"" are each independently C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkyl, haloC 1-4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH 3 , -C(O)-O-CH 3 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -0-CH 2 -C(O)
  • compositions and Biological Activity contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a therapeutically effective amount and “effective amount” mean an amount of the compound or salt sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity.
  • a therapeutic or prophylactic effect such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity.
  • the exact amount of active compound or salt used in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary according to factors known to those of skill in the art, such as the physical and chemical nature of the compound or salt, the nature of the carrier, and the intended dosing regimen, it is anticipated that the compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient to provide a dose of about 100 nanograms per kilogram (ng/kg) to about 50 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg), preferably about 10 micrograms per kilogram ( ⁇ g/kg) to about 5 mg/kg, of the compound or salt to the subject.
  • a variety of dosage forms maybe used, such as tablets, lozenges, capsules
  • the compounds or salts of the invention can be administered as the single therapeutic agent in the treatment regimen, or the compounds or salts of the invention may be administered in combination with one another or with other active agents, including additional immune response modifiers, antivirals, antibiotics, antibodies, proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides, etc.
  • Cytokines whose production may be induced by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention generally include interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ) and/or tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) as well as certain interleukins (IL).
  • IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • IL interleukins
  • Cytokines whose biosynthesis may be induced by compounds or salts of the invention include IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-I, IL-6, IL- 10 and IL- 12, and a variety of other cytokines. Among other effects, these and other cytokines can inhibit virus production and tumor cell growth, making the compounds or salts useful in the treatment of viral diseases and neoplastic diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal.
  • the animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for induction of cytokine biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example a viral disease or a neoplastic disease, and admim ' stration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment.
  • the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
  • compounds or salts of the invention can affect other aspects of the innate immune response. For example, natural killer cell activity may be stimulated, an effect that may be due to cytokine induction.
  • the compounds or salts may also activate macrophages, which in turn stimulate secretion of nitric oxide and the production of additional cytokines. Further, the compounds or salts may cause proliferation and differentiation of B-lymphocytes.
  • Compounds or salts of the invention can also have an effect on the acquired immune response.
  • T H I T helper type 1
  • T H 2 T helper type 2
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • the invention provides a method of inhibiting TNF- ⁇ biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal.
  • the animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for inhibition of TNF- ⁇ biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example an autoimmune disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment.
  • the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
  • the compound or salt or composition may be administered alone or in combination with one or more active components as in, for example, a vaccine adjuvant.
  • the compound or salt and other component or components may be administered separately; together but independently such as in a solution; or together and associated with one another such as (a) covalently linked or (b) non-covalently associated, e.g., in a colloidal suspension.
  • Conditions for which compounds or salts identified herein may be used as treatments include, but are not limited to:
  • viral diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by an adenovirus, a herpesvirus (e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV), a poxvirus (e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum), a picornavirus
  • a herpesvirus e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV
  • a poxvirus e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum
  • a picornavirus e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum
  • a coronavirus e.g., SARS
  • a papovavirus e.g., papillomaviruses, such as those that cause genital warts, common warts, or plantar warts
  • a hepadnavirus e.g., hepatitis B virus
  • a fiavivirus e.g., hepatitis C virus or Dengue virus
  • a retrovirus e.g., a lentivirus such as HIV
  • bacterial diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by bacteria of, for example, the genus Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella, Listeria, Aerobacter, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Streptococcus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus, Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia, Providencia, Chromobacterium, Brucella, Yersinia, Haemophilus, or Bordetella;
  • infectious diseases such as chlamydia, fungal diseases including but not limited to candidiasis, aspergillosis, histoplasmosis, cryptococcal meningitis, or parasitic diseases including but not limited to malaria, Pneumocystis carnii pneumonia, leishmaniasis, cryptosporidiosis, toxoplasmosis, and trypanosome infection;
  • neoplastic diseases such as intraepithelial neoplasias, cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, leukemias including but not limited to myelogeous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, and hairy cell leukemia, and other cancers;
  • neoplastic diseases such as intraepithelial neoplasias, cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma
  • leukemias including but not limited to myelogeous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple
  • atopic diseases such as atopic dermatitis or eczema, eosinophilia, asthma, allergy, allergic rhinitis, and Ommen's syndrome;
  • autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, essential thrombocythaemia, multiple sclerosis, discoid lupus, alopecia areata; and (g) diseases associated with wound repair such as, for example, inhibition of keloid formation and other types of scarring (e.g., enhancing wound healing, including chronic wounds).
  • a compound or salt of the present invention may be useful as a vaccine adjuvant for use in conjunction with any material that raises either humoral and/or cell mediated immune response, such as, for example, live viral, bacterial, or parasitic immunogens; inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, or bacterial immunogens, toxoids; toxins; self-antigens; polysaccharides; proteins; glycoproteins; peptides; cellular vaccines; DNA vaccines; autologous vaccines; recombinant proteins; and the like, for use in connection with, for example, BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenza b, tuberculosis, mening
  • Compounds or salts of the present invention may be particularly helpful in individuals having compromised immune function.
  • compounds or salts may be used for treating the opportunistic infections and tumors that occur after suppression of cell mediated immunity in, for example, transplant patients, cancer patients and HIV patients.
  • one or more of the above diseases or types of diseases for example, a viral disease or a neoplastic disease may be treated in an animal in need thereof (having the disease) by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
  • An amount of a compound or salt effective to induce or inhibit cytokine biosynthesis is an amount sufficient to cause one or more cell types, such as monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells and B-cells to produce an amount of one or more cytokines such as, for example, IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-I, IL-6, IL-10 and IL- 12 that is increased (induced) or decreased (inhibited) over a background level of such cytokines.
  • the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in an animal and a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal.
  • An amount effective to treat or inhibit a viral infection is an amount that will cause a reduction in one or more of the manifestations of viral infection, such as viral lesions, viral load, rate of virus production, and mortality as compared to untreated control animals.
  • the precise amount that is effective for such treatment will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • An amount of a compound or salt effective to treat a neoplastic condition is an amount that will cause a reduction in tumor size or in the number of tumor foci.
  • the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • Butyryl chloride (0.72 mL, 6.94 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (1.13 niL, 8.09 mmol, 1.4 eq) were added to a solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (1.03 g, 5.78 mmol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and then washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 3% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide 0.70 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)butyramide.
  • Part B A solution of the material from Part A (0.70 g, 2.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) and O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.336 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.4 eq) in ethanol (50 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Analysis of the residue by NMR and mass spectroscopy indicated that the reaction was about 30-35 % complete. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (35 mL).
  • Triethylamine (0.47 mL) and O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.24 g) were added.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours at which time analysis by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) indicated that the reaction had not progressed.
  • Additional O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.500 g) was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 1 hour at which time analysis by HPLC indicated that the reaction was complete.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with 10% sodium hydroxide and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 4% methanol in dichloromethane) followed by recrystallization from 1% dichloromethane and methanol/water to provide 0.151 g of l-methoxy-2-propyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 210-211 °C.
  • Example 1 Part C The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 4% methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of water and 2% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 0.185 g of 1 -ethoxy-2-propyl- IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as brownish needles, mp 198-199 °C.
  • Example 1 Part C The crude product was recrystallized 3 times from a mixture of methanol and water to provide 0.244 g of 2-ethyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 242-243 0 C. MS (APCI) m/z 271.40 (M + H + );
  • Acetyl chloride (3.41 mL, 1.25 eq) and triethylamine (6.79 mL, 1.4 eq) were added sequentially to a solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (6.22 g, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred overnight and then washed sequentially with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.68 g of N-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl)acetamide.
  • Example 1 Part C The crude product was sonicated with 25% sodium hydroxide. The resulting powder was isolated by filtration and then washed with water to provide 151 mg of l-isopropoxy-2-methyl-lH " -imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4-amme as a brown powder, mp
  • l-Methoxy-2-methyl-l/f-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 3% methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of water and 10% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 299 mg of l-methoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a brown powder, mp 237-238 0 C.
  • l-Isobutoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using O-isobutyllhydroxylamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B.
  • the crude product was slurried 4 times with 25% sodium hydroxide and then recrystallized from a mixture of water and 5% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 370 mg of l-isobutoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as brown crystals, mp 215-216 °C.
  • l-Ethoxy-2-memyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using ethoxyamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B.
  • the crude product was recrystallized from a mixture of water and 2% dichloromethane in methanol and then from a mixture of water and methanol to provide l-ethoxy-2-methyl-li7-imidazo[4 3 5-c]qumolin-4-amine as brown crystals, mp 219-221 0 C.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography (230 g of silica gel eluted initially with a gradient of 20-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes and then with 4/3/3 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 1.01 g of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)benzamide as a white solid.
  • Part B A mixture ofN-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)benzamide (0.020 g, 1 eq), O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3 eq), and isopropanol was heated at 80 0 C for 17 hours. The reaction was also run using ethanol in lieu of isopropanol.
  • the heterogeneous mixture was filtered and then triturated with hexanes to provide 2.82 g of l-methoxy-2-phenyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline 5iV-oxide as a light tan solid.
  • Part D Ammonium hydroxide (48 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of the material from Part C (1 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0 C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.7 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate.
  • Ammonium hydroxide 49 mL of 15M was added to a solution of material from whom Part B (3.126 g, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0 C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.8 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes/ether to provide 2.3 g of a tan solid.
  • This material was purified by column chromatography (200 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 5 - 10% CMA in chloroform; CMA is a 80/12/2 v/v/v chloroform/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to provide 1.15 g of a tan solid.
  • This material was dissolved in hot acetonitrile (20 mL). After 17 hours a solid was isolated by filtration and then dried at 100 °C under high vacuum for 17 hours to provide 0.88 g of l-isopropoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 188.0-191 °C.
  • Ammonium hydroxide 50 mL of 15M was added to a solution of material from Part C (3.371 g, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (200 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 °C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.9 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes/ether to provide a solid.
  • Ammonium hydroxide (23 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of material from Part B (1.37 g,l eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0 C. Solid tosyl chloride (1.0 g, 1.2 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 1 hour the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes to provide a solid.
  • the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 5 g of crude iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)trimethylacetamide.
  • Part B Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)trimethylacetamide (6.00 g, 1 eq), 0-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (7.6 g, 3 eq), and anhydrous isopropanol (80 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Acetic anhydride (16 mL, 170 mmol) was cooled to 0 °C, and formic acid (7.2 mL of 97% pure material, 190 mmol) was added over a period often mintues. The solution was stirred for 2.5 hours at room temperature and then added to a stirred solution of 3- amino-4-chloroquinoline (10.0 g, 56.0 mmol) in tetrahydroforan (THF) (100 mL). The reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol (50 mL) was added to the residue, stirred for 30 minutes, and removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude animation product (2.8 g) was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) followed by recrystallization from methanol/water and then from isopropanol/water.
  • the crystals were washed with 25% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 x 25 ml) and water (2 x 25 mL) and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0 C to provide 0.338 g of l-methoxy-l/J-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as a brown solid, mp 238-240 0 C.
  • the method of Part D of Example 20 was used to aminate the material from Part D using the following modifications.
  • the reaction with trichloroacetyl isocyante was stirred for four days. After the reaction with sodium methoxide, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was stirred with methanol (15 mL), collected by filtration, and recrystallized from methanol/water (75 mL). A second recrystallization was carried out after hot filtration of the product in methanol (150 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to 50 mL, and water (5 mL) was added.
  • Trichloroacetyl isocyanate (1.2 niL, 0.010 mol) was added to a solution of the material from Part B in dichloromethane (75 mL), and the reaction was stirred 45 minutes at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was incomplete, and addition trichloroacetyl isocyanate (0.50 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for one hour, and methanol (20 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (25 mL), and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of a 4.5 N solution in methanol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and a solid was present.
  • Part C of Example 20 The method of Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 2-methyl-l-(2- phenoxyethoxy)-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.7 g, 8.5 mmol) with the modification that aqueous sodium hydroxide (35 mL of 15% w/w) was used in lieu of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate during the work-up procedure.
  • Trichloroacetyl isocyanate (0.21 mL, 1.8 mmol) was added to a chilled (ice bath) solution of the N-oxide from Part E in dichloromethane (20 mL). After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 1 hour methanol (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with methanol (10 mL) and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of 25% in methanol).
  • Certain exemplary compounds including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (LII, LIII, LIV, LV, LVI, or LVII) and the following R 1 and R 2 substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula LII, LIII, LIV, LV, LVI, or LVII to represent a specific compound.
  • Compounds of the invention have been found to modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inducing the production of interferon ⁇ and/or tumor necrosis factor ⁇ in human cells when tested using the method described below.
  • cytokine induction An in vitro human blood cell system is used to assess cytokine induction. Activity is based on the measurement of interferon ( ⁇ ) and tumor necrosis factor ( ⁇ ) (IFN- ⁇ and TNF- ⁇ , respectively) secreted into culture media as described by Testerman et al. in “Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609,” Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 58, 365-372 (September, 1995).
  • ⁇ interferon
  • ⁇ tumor necrosis factor
  • PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • HISTOPAQUE- 1077 Sigma, St. Louis, MO
  • Ficoll-Paque Plus Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ
  • Blood is diluted 1:1 with Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) or Hank's Balanced Salts Solution (HBSS).
  • DPBS Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salts Solution
  • PBMC whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium.
  • the PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re-suspended at 4 x 10 6 cells/mL in RPMI complete.
  • the PBMC suspension is added to 96 well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates containing an equal volume of RPMI complete media containing test compound.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • the compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30-0.014 ⁇ M.
  • Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with reference compound. Incubation
  • test compound is added at 60 ⁇ M to the first well containing RPMI complete and serial 3 fold dilutions are made in the wells.
  • the PBMC suspension is then added to the wells in an equal volume, bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30-0.014 ⁇ M).
  • the final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2 x 10 6 cells/mL.
  • the plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 hours to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • IFN- ⁇ concentration is determined with a human multi-subtype colorimetric sandwich ELISA (Catalog Number 41105) from PBL Biomedical Laboratories,
  • TNF- ⁇ concentration is determined by ORIGEN M-Series Immunoassay and read on an IGEN M- 8 analyzer from BioVeris Corporation, formerly known as IGEN
  • the immunoassay uses a human TNF- ⁇ capture and detection antibody pair (Catalog Numbers AHC3419 and AHC3712) from Biosource
  • the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF- ⁇ and
  • IFN- ⁇ (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl ⁇ 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ - dimethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from the past 61 experiments.
  • the minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound.
  • the minimum effective concentration ( ⁇ molar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ).
  • the maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
  • PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • HISTOPAQUE- 1077 Sigma, St. Louis, MO
  • Ficoll-Paque Plus Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ
  • Whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium.
  • the PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re- suspended at 4 x 10 6 cells/mL in RPMI complete (2-fold the final cell density).
  • the PBMC suspension is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with a reference compound 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymemyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) on each plate.
  • test compound is added at 7.5 mM to the first well of a dosing plate and serial 3 fold dilutions are made for the 7 subsequent concentrations in DMSO.
  • RPMI Complete media is then added to the test compound dilutions in order to reach a final compound concentration of 2-fold higher (60 - 0.028 ⁇ M) than the final tested concentration range.
  • Incubation Compound solution is then added to the wells containing the PBMC suspension bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30 ⁇ M - 0.014 ⁇ M) and the DMSO concentration to 0.4%.
  • the final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2x10 6 cells/mL.
  • the plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • MSD MULTI-SPOT plates contain within each well capture antibodies for human
  • TNF- ⁇ and human IFN- ⁇ that have been pre-coated on specific spots.
  • Each well contains four spots: one human TNF- ⁇ capture antibody (MSD) spot, one human IFN- ⁇ capture antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories, Piscataway, NJ) spot, and two inactive bovine serum albumin spots.
  • the human TNF- ⁇ capture and detection antibody pair is from MesoScale Discovery.
  • the human IFN- ⁇ multi-subtype antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories) captures all IFN- ⁇ subtypes except IFN- ⁇ F (IFNA21). Standards consist of recombinant human TNF- ⁇ (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and IFN- ⁇ (PBL Biomedical Laboratories).
  • Samples and separate standards are added at the time of analysis to each MSD plate.
  • Two human IFN- ⁇ detection antibodies Cat. Nos. 21112 & 21100, PBL
  • the cytokine-specific detection antibodies are labeled with the SULFO-TAG reagent (MSD).
  • MSD SULFO-TAG reagent
  • each well's electrochemoluminescent levels are read using MSD's SECTOR HTS READER. Results are expressed in pg/mL upon calculation with known cytokine standards.
  • the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF- ⁇ or IFN- ⁇ (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
  • a plate-wise scaling is performed within a given experiment aimed at reducing plate-to-plate variability associated within the same experiment.
  • the greater of the median DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ) is subtracted from each reading. Negative values that may result from background subtraction are set to zero.
  • Each plate within a given experiment has a reference compound that serves as a control. This control is used to calculate a median expected area under the curve across all plates in the assay.
  • a plate- wise scaling factor is calculated for each plate as a ratio of the area of the reference compound on the particular plate to the median expected area for the entire experiment.
  • the data from each plate are then multiplied by the plate-wise scaling factor for all plates. Only data from plates bearing a scaling factor of between 0.5 and 2.0 (for both cytokines IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ ) are reported. Data from plates with scaling factors outside the above- mentioned interval are retested until they bear scaling factors inside the above mentioned interval. The above method produces a scaling of the y- values without altering the shape of the curve.
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9- tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-l/i ' -imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91).
  • the median expected area is the median area across all plates that are part of a given experiment.
  • a second scaling may also be performed to reduce inter-experiment variability (across multiple experiments). All background-subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment-to-experiment variability.
  • the adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on an average of previous experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve.
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4- amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l- yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from an average of previous experiments.
  • the minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound.
  • the minimum effective concentration ( ⁇ molar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ).
  • the maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
  • Certain compounds of the invention may modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) when tested using the method described below.
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor ⁇
  • the mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 is used to assess the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) production upon stimulation by lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • APC Blood Cell Preparation for Culture Raw cells
  • the cell suspension is brought to 3 x 10 5 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % fetal bovine serum (FBS).
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Cell suspension 100 ⁇ L is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, NJ). The final concentration of cells is 3 x 10 4 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • Compounds are tested at 5 ⁇ M.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurimn, Sigma- Aldrich
  • EC 70 concentration as measured by a dose response assay.
  • test compound (l ⁇ l) is added to each well.
  • the plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (1 ⁇ L, EC 70 concentration - 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 0 C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • TNF- ⁇ concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- ⁇ kit (from Bio source International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF- ⁇ expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.
  • Dose Response Assay Blood Cell Preparation for Culture Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 4 x 10 5 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % FBS. Cell suspension (250 ⁇ L) is added to 48-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Costar, Cambridge, MA). The final concentration of cells is 1 x 10 5 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration hould not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • Compounds are tested at 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 5 and 10 ⁇ M.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich
  • EC 70 concentration as measured by dose response assay.
  • test compound 200 ⁇ l
  • the plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (200 ⁇ L, EC 7O concentration approximately 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 0 C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • TNF- ⁇ Analysis Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF- ⁇ concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- ⁇ kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF- ⁇ expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.

Abstract

Imidazo-containing compounds (e.g., imidazonaphthyridines, imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazotetrahydroquinolines) with an alkoxy substituent at the 1-position, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and methods of use of these compounds as immunomodulators, for inducing cytokine biosynthesis in animals and in the treatment of diseases including viral and neoplastic diseases are disclosed.

Description

1-ALKOXY
IH-IMIDAZO RING SYSTEMS AND METHODS
RELATED APPLICATION
The present invention claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/606629, filed September 2, 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND In the 1950's the lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline ring system was developed, and l-(6-methoxy-8-quinolinyl)-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized for possible use as an antimalarial agent. Subsequently, syntheses of various substituted lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinorines were reported. For example, l-[2-(4-piperidyl)ethyl]-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized as a possible anticonvulsant and cardiovascular agent. Also, several 2-oxoimidazo[4,5-c]quinolines have been reported.
Certain lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and 1- and 2-substituted derivatives thereof were later found to be useful as antiviral agents, bronchodilators and immunomodulators. Subsequently, certain substituted lH-imidazo[4,5-c] pyridine- amine, quinolin-4-amine, tetrahydroquinolin-4-amine, naphthyridin-4-amine, and tetrahydronaphthyridin-4-amine compounds as well as certain analogous thiazolo and oxazolo compounds were synthesized and found to be useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs), rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders.
There continues to be interest in and a need for compounds that have the ability to modulate the immune response, by induction of cytokine biosynthesis or other mechanisms.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
It has now been found that certain 1-alkoxy lH-imidazo ring systems modulate cytokine biosynthesis. In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds of the Formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
and more specifically the following compounds of the Formulas II, III, IV, V, VI, VII,
VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and XIV:
Figure imgf000003_0002
II
Figure imgf000003_0003
rv
Figure imgf000003_0004
V
Figure imgf000004_0001
Figure imgf000004_0002
Figure imgf000004_0003
Figure imgf000004_0004
10
Figure imgf000004_0005
XI
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein R1, R2; R3, R", R, RA, RB, RAI, RBI, m5 n, P5 and G are as defined below; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and XIV are useful as immune response modifiers (IRMs) due to their ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis (e.g., induce or inhibit the biosynthesis or production of one or more cytokines) and otherwise modulate the immune response when administered to animals. Compounds can be tested per the test procedures described in the Examples Section. Compounds can be tested for induction of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) in a culture with the compound(s) at a concentration range of 30 to 0.014 μM and analyzing for interferon (α) or tumor necrosis factor (α) in the culture supernatant. Compounds can be tested for inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis by incubating mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 in a culture with the compound(s) at a single concentration of, for example, 5 μM and analyzing for tumor necrosis factor (α) in the culture supernatant. The ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis, for example, induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, makes the compounds useful in the treatment of a variety of conditions such as viral diseases and neoplastic diseases, that are responsive to such changes in the immune response.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions containing the immune response modifier compounds, and methods of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in animal cells, treating a viral disease in an animal, and/or treating a neoplastic disease in an animal by administering to the animal one or more compounds of the Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and/or XIV, and/or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods of synthesizing the compounds of Formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, and XIV and intermediates useful in the synthesis of these compounds.
As used herein, "a," "an," "the," "at least one," and "one or more" are used interchangeably.
The terms "comprising" and variations thereof do not have a limiting meaning where these terms appear in the description and claims.
The above summary of the present invention is not intended to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The description that follows more particularly exemplifies illustrative embodiments. Guidance is also provided herein through lists of examples, which can be used in various combinations, hi each instance, the recited list serves only as a representative group and should not be interpreted as an exclusive list.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS OF THE
INVENTION The present invention provides compounds of the following Formulas I through
XIV:
Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000007_0001
II
Figure imgf000007_0002
Figure imgf000007_0003
10
Figure imgf000007_0004
VII
Figure imgf000008_0001
XI
Figure imgf000008_0002
XIII
Figure imgf000009_0001
XIV wherein: R1, R2, R3, R", R, RA, RB, RAI, RBI, m, n, p, and G are as defined below.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000009_0002
I wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4,
-X-R5,
-X-N(Rg)-Y-R4,
-X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and
-X-O-R4; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R12)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R" groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rn)2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which Ri is bonded; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000010_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)^ —
Figure imgf000011_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-20 alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent; and
R'" is a non-interfering substituent; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000011_0002
II wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-R4, -X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Rg)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R6)2, -C(R7)-N(R6)2, -S(O)2-N(Re)2,
-N(Re)-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-Ci-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-Io alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl,
-N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl,
-O-C(R7)-aryl,
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R3 group and two R groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-RV, -Z'-X'-RV,
-Z'-X'-Y'-RV, and -Z'-X'-Rs1; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl) amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000014_0001
X is C2-2O alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-; A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH(R6)-, -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5' is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000015_0001
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-, -C(Ry)-O-,
-0-C(R7)-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(R1O-Q-, -C(Ry)-N(Rn)-,
Figure imgf000015_0002
-N-C(R7J-N-W-
R»
-N- R8-N-Q-
^ R R8 ^
Figure imgf000016_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4')-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R7VNCRn)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-0-, and -C(R7)-N(OR12)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)a^
—
Figure imgf000016_0002
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-1O alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylC^o alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000017_0001
III wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-ϊU, -X-R5,
-X-N(Rg)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X-O-C(R-Z)-N(Re)-R4,
-X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4; R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R6)2, -C(R7)-N(R6)2, -S(O)2-N(Re)2, -N(R6)-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl, -N(RO)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-C1-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-Io alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(0)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl,
-N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -O-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl, -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl;
RAI and RB1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
/- (CH2W -N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2 V (CH2), ^7 ^ R8 j and R8 .
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)^ —
Figure imgf000019_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-2O alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000020_0001
IV wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4,
-X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(R(O-R4, and
-X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
-N(R6)2, -C(RT)-N(R6)Z, -S(O)2-N(R6)2, -N(RS)-C(RT)-CM0 alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl,
-N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -O-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -0-C(R7)-aryl,
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-RV, -Z'-X'-RV, -Z'-X'-Y'-RV, and -Z'-X'-Rs'; n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1, with the proviso that when m is 1, n is 0, 1, or 2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000022_0001
X is C2-2O alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5' is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000023_0001
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-, -C(Rv)-O-,
-0-C(R7)-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(Rn)-Q-, -C(Rv)-N(Rn)-, -0-C(Rv)-N(Rn)-,
-C(Rv)-N(ORi2)-, -
Figure imgf000023_0002
— N-C(R7) -N-W-
R8
— N— R8-N-Q-
^8
Figure imgf000024_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4')-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, -C(Rv)-N(Rn)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(Rv)-O-, and -C(Rv)-N(ORi2)-;
V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)a^ —
Figure imgf000024_0002
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
Rn is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylC1-10 alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
hi one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula V:
Figure imgf000025_0001
V wherein:
Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -R4,
-X-R5, -X-N(Re)-Y-R4,
Figure imgf000025_0002
-X-O-C(Ry)-N(Re)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and
-X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
-N(Re)2, -C(Ry)-N(Re)2, -S(O)2-N(R6)2, -N(R6)-C(R7)-Ci.io alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-Ci-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-I0 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl,
-N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -O-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl,
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl;
R is selected, from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2; n is an integer from 0 to 4;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
- .
Figure imgf000027_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
Rg is C2-7 alkylene; Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or
R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
—
Figure imgf000027_0002
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and
-N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-20 alkylene; X" is C1-2O alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of the following Formulas VI, VII, VIII, and IX (preferably, a compound of Formula VI):
Figure imgf000028_0001
VI VII
Figure imgf000028_0002
VIII IX wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-R4,
-X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4,
-X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(RT)-N(Re)-R4,
-X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and
-X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
-N(R6)2,
Figure imgf000029_0001
-S(O)2-N(R6)2,
-N(Re)-C(Ry)-Ci-I0 alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-I0 alkyl,
-C(O)-C1-10 alkyl,
-C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl,
-N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
-C(O)-aryl,
-C(O)-heteroaryl,
-N(Re)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl,
-0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl,
Figure imgf000029_0002
-0-C(Ry)-N(Re)-Ci-I0 alkyl, and
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
Figure imgf000030_0001
R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-RV, -Z1OC-R4', -Z1OC-YVR4', and
-ZOC-R5'; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1, with the proviso that when m is 1, p is 0, 1, or 2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
^ (CH2)a^ -N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2
^(CHΛ ^ V j and V .
X is C2-20 alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o-2-; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R4 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000031_0001
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-,
-C(Ry)-O-, -0-C(R7)-,
-0-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rn)-Q-,
-C(Ry)-N(R11)-,
-0-C(RT)-N(RH)-, -C(RT)-N(ORI2)-,
Figure imgf000032_0001
-N -C(R7) -N -W-
-N— R8-N-Q-
R,
Figure imgf000032_0002
Z1 is a bond or -O-;
A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4 1)-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, -C(Ry)-N(Rn)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(Ry)-O-, and -C(Ry)-N(ORi2)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or Rg and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which Rg is bonded can join to form the group
—
Figure imgf000032_0003
R1O is C3-8 alkylene;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylQ-io alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound selected from the group consisting of the following Formulas X, XI, XII, and XIII:
Figure imgf000033_0001
X XI
Figure imgf000033_0002
XII XIII wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-Rt, -X-S(O)2-N(R(O-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
-N(R6)2,
Figure imgf000034_0001
-S(O)2-N(Re)2,
-N(R6)-C(Rτ)-Ci-io alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl,
-C(O)-C1-I0 alkyl,
-C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl,
-N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
-C(O)-aryl,
-C(O)-heteroaryl,
-N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl,
-0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl,
-O-C(R7)-aryl,
-0-C(R7)-N(R6)-Ci-io alkyl, and
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rn)2; p is an integer from 0 to 3;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, lieteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
X (CH2U -N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2 V (CH2), ^7 ^ R8 j and R8 .
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)a^
—
Figure imgf000035_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-20 alkylene;
X" is C1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o-2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(R^-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula XIV:
Figure imgf000036_0001
xrv wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of:
-C(O)-R', α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl,
-C(O)-O-R',
-C(O)-N(R"")-R',
-C(=NY2)-R', -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY2,
-CH(OCi-4 alkyl) Y0, -CH2Y1, or -CH(CH3)Y1; wherein:
R' and R"" are each independently C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkyl, haloC1-4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -0-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2; α-aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids; Y2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and benzyl;
Y0 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkyl, aminoC1-4 alkyl, mono-iV-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl, and di-N,N-Cι-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl;
Y1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C1-6 alkylamino, di--V,_V-C1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin-l-yl.
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(RT)-N(Re)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rn)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(RiZ)2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
- (O)2
Figure imgf000038_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^- (CH2J8^ —
Figure imgf000039_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-20 alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent; and
R'" is a non-interfering substituent;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
For any of the compounds presented herein, each one of the following variables (e.g., R, R", R'", R1, R2, R3, R4', RA, RB, m, n, p, A, G, and so on) in any of its embodiments can be combined with any one or more of the other variables in any of their embodiments as would be understood by one of skill in the art. Each of the resulting combinations of variables is an embodiment of the present invention.
For certain embodiments, each of R" and R'" is independently a non-interfering substituent. For certain embodiments, each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and non-interfering substituents. Herein, "non-interfering" means that the immunomodulator activity (for example, the ability to induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines or the ability to inhibit the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines) of the compound, which includes a non-interfering substituent, is not destroyed. Illustrative R" groups include those described herein for R2. Illustrative R'" groups include those described herein for R and R3. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R3 group and two R groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rj 2)2. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each methyl. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R3 group and two R groups.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused benzene ring. For certain of these embodiments, the fused benzene ring is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused pyridine ring. For certain of these embodiments, the fused pyridine ring is
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused. For certain of these embodiments, the fused pyridine ring is unsubstituted.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups. For certain embodiments, RA and R5 form a fused cyclohexene ring. For certain of these embodiments, the fused cyclohexene ring is unsubstituted.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused tetrahydropyridine ring. For
Figure imgf000041_0001
certain of these embodiments, the fused tetrahydropyridine ring is wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused. For certain of these embodiments, the fused tetrahydropyridine ring is unsubstituted.
As used herein, the fused cyclohexene ring and fused tetrahydropyridine ring are each fused to the ring system such that the unsaturated carbon atoms of each of these rings are in common with the pyridine ring. A fused cyclohexene ring is illustrated within the following formulas:
Figure imgf000041_0002
A fused tetrahydropyridine ring is illustrated within the following formulas:
Figure imgf000041_0003
Figure imgf000041_0004
For certain embodiments, RA1 and RBI are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2. For certain embodiments, RAI and RBI are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl. For certain embodiments, RA1 and RBI are each methyl.
For certain embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2. For certain embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5, -X-N(Rg)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X"-C(R7)-O-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(R(J)-R4, and -X-O-R4. For certain embodiments, R1 is -R4, -X-N(Rg)-Y-R4, or -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4. For certain embodiments, R1 is -R4. For certain of these embodiments,
-R4 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkylenyl.
For certain embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ?z-propyl, isopropyl, 7j-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, and (pyridin-3-yl)methyl. For certain of these embodiments, R1 is (and, hence, R4 is) methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, or (pyridin-3-yl)methyl. For certain embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, and 2-phenoxyethyl.
For certain embodiments, R1 is -X-N(Re)-Y-R4 or -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4. For certain embodiments, R1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl,
3-(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3 - { [(isopropylamino)carbonyl] amino } propyl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl, or carbamoylmethyl. For certain embodiments, R1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl,
3 -(acetylamino)propyl, 3 -[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(moφholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3- {[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}propyl, or 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl. For certain embodiments, R1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, ra-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, (pyridin-3-yl)methyl, 3 - [(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl, 3 -(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}propyl, or 2-(moφholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl. For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R6)2, -C(R7)-N(R6)2, -S(O)2-N(R6)2, -N(R6)-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-CM0 alkyl, -C(O)-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-Ci-I0 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -O-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl, -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl.
For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl arylalkylenyl, and aryl. For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl.
For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, rø-propyl, isopropyl, isopropenyl, rø-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-l-methylethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, and phenyl. For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, » -propyl, n -butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and 3- hydroxypropyl. For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, ra-butyl, ethoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and phenyl.
For certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, π-propyl, π-butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, isopropyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopropenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-l-methylethyl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, or tetrahydropyran-4-yl. For certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z-R4 ,
-Z1OC-R4', -Z-X-T-R4', and -Z'-X'-Rs'. For certain embodiments, R3 is -Z-R4', or -Z-X'-Y'-Rj. For certain embodiments, R3 is -Z-R4. For certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl or pyridin-3-yl.
For certain embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded.
For certain embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded. For certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkylenyl. For certain of these embodiments, R4 is methyl.
For certain embodiments, R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino) alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo. For certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
/- (CH2)a^ -N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2
^ (CH2)b ^/ R8 an(j R8
For certain embodiments, R5 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
Figure imgf000045_0001
For certain embodiments, R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl. For certain embodiments, R6 is hydrogen.
For certain embodiments, R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S. For certain embodiments, R7 is =0.
For certain embodiments, R8 is C2-7 alkylene. For certain embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl. For certain embodiments, R9 is hydrogen.
For certain embodiments, R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is
^ (CH2)a^ — N A
\^ (CH ) ^/ bonded can join to form the group 2 b . For certain embodiments, A is
-O- and a and b are each the integer 2. For certain embodiments, R10 is C3-8 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CMO alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, Ci-10 alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylCi-10 alkylenyl.
For certain embodiments, Ri2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl. For certain embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting of: -CH(R6)-,
-0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-. For certain embodiments, A is -0-. For certain embodiments, A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-.
For certain embodiments, A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -0-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4')-. For certain embodiments, A1 is -O- or -N(R4 1)-. For certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
-C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R7)-N(Rπ)-W-, -S(O)2-N(Rn)-, -C(R7)-0-, and -C(R7)-N(OR12)-.
For certain embodiments, V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-.
For certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-.
For certain embodiments, X is C2-20 alkylene. For certain embodiments, X is C2-4 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
For certain embodiments, X" is C1-20 alkylene. For certain embodiments, X" is C1-4 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-. For certain embodiments, Y is -C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, or -C(R7)-N(R9)-. For certain of these embodiments, R7 is =0. For certain of these embodiments, R9 is hydrogen.
For certain embodiments, Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-, -C(Ry)-O-, -0-C(R7)-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(Rn)-Q-, -C(R7)-N(Rn)-,
-0-C(RT)-N(RH)-, -C(R7)-N(ORI2)-,
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0002
For certain embodiments, Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-.
For certain embodiments, Z' is a bond or -0-. For certain embodiments, Z' is a bond.
For certain embodiments, a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4. For certain embodiments, when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4. For certain embodiments, c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6. For certain embodiments, c + d is < 7. For certain embodiments, A' is -O- and c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4. For certain embodiments, A1 is -N(R4 1)- and c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4. For certain embodiments, m is 0 or 1. For certain embodiments, m is 0. For certain embodiments, m is 1. For certain embodiments, when m is 1, n is 0, 1, or 2. For certain embodiments, when m is 1, p is 0, 1, or 2.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and n is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and n is 1. For certain embodiments, m is 1 and n is 2.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and p is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and p is 1.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and p is 2.
For certain embodiments, n is an integer from 0 to 4. For certain embodiments, n is 0. For certain embodiments, n is 0, 1, or 2.
For certain embodiments, p is an integer from 0 to 3. For certain embodiments, p is 0. For certain embodiments, p is 0, 1, or 2.
For certain embodiments, m is 0 and n is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 0 and p is 0. For certain embodiments of the compounds of Formulas I through XIII, the -NH2 group can be replaced by an -NH-G group, as shown in the compound of Formula XIV, to form prodrugs, hi such embodiments, G is selected from the group consisting of:-C(O)-R', α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R', -C(O)-N(R"")-R', -C(=NY2)-R', -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY2, -CH(OC1-4 alkyl)Y0, -CH2Y1, and -CH(CH3)Y1. For certain of these embodiments, R' and R"" are each independently C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkyl, haloCi.4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -0-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2. For certain embodiments, α-aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids. For certain embodiments, Y2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and benzyl. For certain embodiments, Y0 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkyl, aminoC1-4 alkyl, mono-iV-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl, and di-N,JV-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl. For certain embodiments, Y1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C1-6 alkylamino, di-iV,N-C1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl.
As used herein, the terms "alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl" and the prefix "alk~" are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, e.g., cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl. Unless otherwise specified, these groups contain from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkenyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, these groups have a total of up to 10 carbon atoms, up to 8 carbon atoms, up to 6 carbon atoms, or up to 4 carbon atoms. Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic and preferably have from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms. Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and substituted and unsubstituted bornyl, norbornyl, and norbornenyl.
Unless otherwise specified, "alkylene," "-alkylene-", "alkenylene", "-alkenylene-", "alkynylene", and "-alkynylene-" are the divalent forms of the "alkyl", "alkenyl", and "alkynyl" groups defined above. The terms "alkylenyl", "alkenylenyl", and "alkynylenyl" are used when "alkylene", "alkenylene", and "alkynylene", respectively, are substituted. For example, an arylalkylenyl group comprises an "alkylene" moiety to which an aryl group is attached.
The term "haloalkyl" is inclusive of alkyl groups that are substituted by one or more halogen atoms, including perfluorinated groups. This is also true of other groups that include the prefix "halo-". Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups are chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like.
The term "aryl" as used herein includes carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl and indenyl. The term "heteroatom" refers to the atoms O, S, or N. The term "heteroaryl" includes aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N). In some embodiments, the term "heteroaryl" includes a ring or ring system that contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 rings, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and/or N as the heteroatoms. Suitable heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and so on.
The term "heterocyclyl" includes non-aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N) and includes all of the fully saturated and partially unsaturated derivatives of the above mentioned heteroaryl groups. In some embodiments, the term "heterocyclyl" includes a ring or ring system that contains 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 3 rings, 1 to 4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. Exemplary heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, quinuclidinyl, homopiperidinyl (azepanyl), 1,4-oxazepanyl, homopiperazinyl (diazepanyl), 1,3-dioxolanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydroisoquinolin-(lH)-yl, octahydroisoquinolin-(lH)-yl, dihydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, octahydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, dihydro-lH-imidazolyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.2]non-3-yl, and the like.
The term "heterocyclyl" includes bicylic and tricyclic heterocyclic ring systems. Such ring systems include fused and/or bridged rings and spiro rings. Fused rings can include, in addition to a saturated or partially saturated ring, an aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring. Spiro rings include two rings joined by one spiro atom and three rings joined by two spiro atoms.
When "heterocyclyl" contains a nitrogen atom, the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl group may be the nitrogen atom.
The terms "arylene", "heteroarylene", and "heterocyclylene" are the divalent forms of the "aryl", "heteroaryl", and "heterocyclyl" groups defined above. The terms "arylenyl," "heteroarylenyl," and "heterocyclylenyl" are used when "arylene", "heteroarylene", and "heterocyclylene", respectively, are substituted. For example, an alkylarylenyl group comprises an arylene moiety to which an alkyl group is attached.
When a group (or substituent or variable) is present more than once in any Formula described herein, each group (or substituent or variable) is independently selected, whether explicitly stated or not. For example, for the formula -N(R12)2 each R12 group is independently selected. In another example, when an R1 and an R2 group both contain an R6 group, each R6 group is independently selected. In a further example, when more than one
-N- C(R7) -N- C(R7)
C R ) ( R / 8 group is present (i.e., R5 and R5' both contain a 8 group) each R8 group is independently selected and each R7 group is independently selected.
The invention is inclusive of the compounds described herein (including intermediates) in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers (e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers), salts, solvates, polymorphs, prodrugs, and the like. In particular, if a compound is optically active, the invention specifically includes each of the compound's enantiomers as well as racemic mixtures of the enantiomers. It should be understood that the term "compound" includes any or all of such forms, whether explicitly stated or not (although at times, "salts" are explicitly stated).
The term "prodrug" means a compound that can be transformed in vivo to yield an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above. The prodrug, itself, may be an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above. The transformation may occur by vaious mechanisms, such as through a chemical (e.g., solvolysis or hydrolysis, for example, in the blood) or enzymatic biotransformation. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A. C. S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
Preparation of the Compounds
Compounds of the invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. The starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York, (1967-1999 ed.); Alan R. Katritsky, Otto Meth- Cohn, Charles W. Rees, Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations, v 1- 6, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1995); Barry M. Trost and Ian Fleming, Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, v. 1-8, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1991); or Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, 4, Aufl. Ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany, including supplements (also available via the Beilstein online database)).
For illustrative purposes, the reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates. For more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the EXAMPLES section below. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the compounds of the invention. Although specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the reaction schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art.
Conventional methods and techniques of separation and purification can be used to isolate compounds of the invention, as well as various, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and intermediates related thereto. Such techniques may include, for example, all types of chromatography (high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), column chromatography using common absorbents such as silica gel, and thin layer chromatography), recrystallization, and differential (i.e., liquid-liquid) extraction techniques.
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme I wherein R, R1, R2, and n are as defined above.
In step (1) of Reaction Scheme I, a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline of Formula XX is reduced to provide a 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXI. The reduction can be carried out using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum on carbon or palladium on carbon. For some compounds of Formula XX, for example, compounds in which R is halogen, a platinum catalyst is preferred. The reaction can be conveniently carried out on a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as toluene and/or isopropanol. Many compounds of Formula XX are known or can be prepared using known synthetic methods, see for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,689,338; 5,175,296; 5,367,076; and 5,389,640; and the documents cited therein. Some compounds of Formula
XXI are known. For example, 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline, 3-amino-4,5- dichloroquinoline, and 3-amino-4,7-dichloroquinoline have been prepared by Surrey et al., Journal of the American Chemical Society, 73, pp. 2413-2416 (1951).
Other reduction processes may be used for the reduction in step (1). For example, an aqueous solution of sodium dithionite can be added to a solution or suspension of the compound of Formula XX in a suitable solvent such as ethanol or isopropanol. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux, or at ambient temperature. hi step (2) of Reaction Scheme I, a 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXI is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R2C(O)Cl or R2C(O)Br to provide an N-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXII. The acyl halide is added to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a suitable solvent such as anhydrous dichloromethane optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine. The reaction can be run at a reduced temperature, for example, 0° C, or at ambient temperature. For compounds wherein R2 is hydrogen, the compound of Formula XXI can be reacted with a formylating agent such as, for example, diethoxymethyl acetate. Alternatively, compounds wherein R2 is hydrogen can be prepared utilizing amidines such as iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-N,N- dimethylimidoformamide. hi step (3) of Reaction Scheme I, an N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula
XXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R1ONH2^HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII. The hydroxylamine hydrochloride is added to a solution of a compound of Formula XXII in an alcoholic solvent. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux.
For example, the compound of Formula XXII and the hydroxylamine are refluxed in ethanol. Some hydroxylamine hydrochlorides of Formula R1ONH2^HCl are commercially available, others can be prepared using known synthetic methods. hi step (4) of Reaction Scheme I, a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula XXIV using a conventional oxidizing agent that is capable of forming iV-oxides. The reaction is carried out by treating a solution of a compound of Formula XXIII in a suitable solvent such as chloroform or dichloromethane with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid at ambient temperature.
In step (5) of Reaction Scheme I, an N-oxide of Formula XXIV is animated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV, which is a subgenus 5 of compounds of Formulas I, II, and IV. Step (5) can be carried out by the activation of an iV-oxide of Formula XXIV by conversion to an ester and then reacting the ester with an aminating agent. Suitable activating agents include alkyl- or arylsulfonyl chorides (e.g., benzenesulfonyl choride, methanesulfonyl choride, andp-toluenesulfonyl chloride). Suitable aminating agents include ammonia (e.g. in the form of ammonium hydroxide)
10. and ammonium salts (e.g., ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, ammonium phosphate). The reaction can be carried out by dissolving a compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, adding ammonium hydroxide to the solution, and then adding benzenesulfonyl chloride. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
15 Alternatively, the oxidation of step (4) and the animation of step (5) can be carried out sequentially without isolating the product of the oxidation to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV. In step (4), after the IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXIII is consumed by reaction with 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid as described in step (4), the aminating and acylating agents are 0 added to the reaction mixture as in step (5). The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Alternatively, step (5) can be carried out by the reaction of an iV-oxide of Formula XXrV with trichloroacetyl isocyanate followed by hydrolysis of the resulting intennediate to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXV. The reaction is
25 conveniently carried out in two steps by (i) adding trichloroacetyl isocyanate to a solution of the iV-oxide of Formula XXIV in a solvent such as dichloromethane and stirring at ambient temperature to provide an isolable amide intermediate. In step (ii), a solution of the intermediate in methanol is treated with a base such as sodium methoxide at ambient temperature. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated
30 using conventional methods. Reaction Scheme I
Figure imgf000054_0001
XXV XXIV XXlIl
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme II where R, R1, R2, and m are as defined above; E is carbon (imidazoquinoline ring) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridine ring); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring) with the proviso that when m is 1, n is 0 or 1; and D is -Br, -I, or -OCH2Ph; wherein Ph is phenyl. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme II, an aniline or aminopyridine of Formula XXVI is treated with the condensation product generated from 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (Meldrum's acid) and triethyl orthoformate to provide an imine of Formula XXVII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a solution of an aniline or aminopyridine of Formula XXVI to a heated mixture of Meldrum's acid and triethyl orthoformate and heating the reaction at an elevated temperature. Many anilines and aminopyridines of Formula XXVI are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods. For example, benzyloxypyridines of Formula XXVI can be prepared using the method of Holladay et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett, 8, pp. 2797-2802, (1998).
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme II, an imine of Formula XXVII undergoes thermolysis and cyclization to provide a [l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or a quinolin-4-ol of Formula XXVIII. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a medium such as DOWTHERM A heat transfer fluid at a temperature between 200 and 250 0C. In step (3) of Reaction Scheme II, a [l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or a quinolin-4-ol of Formula XXVIII is nitrated under conventional nitration conditions to provide a 3- mtro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3-nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXIX. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding nitric acid to a compound of Formula XXVIII in a suitable solvent such as propionic acid and heating the mixture at an elevated temperature.
In step (4) of Reaction Scheme II, a 3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXIX is reduced to provide a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4- ol or 3-aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX. The reduction can be carried out using the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I. In step (5) of Reaction Scheme II, a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX is chlorinated using conventional chlorination chemistry to provide a 3-amino-4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridine or 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXXI. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating a compound of Formula XXX with phosphorous oxychloride in a suitable solvent such as N1N- dimethylformamide (DMF). The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as 100 °C.
In step (6) of Reaction Scheme II, a 3-ammo-4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridine or 3- amino-4-chloroquinoline of Formula XXXI is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R2C(O)Cl or R2C(O)Br to provide an N-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridm-3-yl) amide or /V-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (7) of Reaction Scheme II, aniV-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or /V-(4-chloroqumolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R1ONH2^HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (8) and (9) of Reaction Scheme II, a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII is oxidized to provide an TV-oxide of Formula XXXIV and then animated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4- amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXXV, which is a subgenus of compounds of Formulas I and II. The reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
For some embodiments, compounds in Reaction Scheme II can be further elaborated using known synthetic methods. For example, the acid chloride used in step (6) of Reaction Scheme II may contain a protected hydroxy or amino group. Some acid chlorides of this type, for example acetoxyacetyl chloride, are commercially available. Others can be prepared by known synthetic methods. The protected hydroxy or amino group may be deprotected and further functionalized before step (8) of Reaction Scheme II. For examples of this type of functionalization of an R2 group, see U.S. Patent No. 5,389,640 (Gerster et al.).
Reaction Scheme II
Figure imgf000057_0001
XXXIV
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0003
XXXV
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme III, where R, R1, R2, and n are as defined above, Hal is Br or I, and R3a is as defined below. Formula XXXVa is a subset of Formula XXXV where D is Br or I. Compounds of Formula XXXVa can be prepared according to the method of Reaction Scheme II. Reaction Scheme III can be carried out using known palladium-catalyzed coupling reactions such as Suzuki coupling, Stille coupling, Sonogashira coupling, and the Heck reaction. For example, a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa undergoes Suzuki coupling with a boronic acid of Formula R3a-B(OH)2, an anhydride thereof, or a boronic acid ester of Formula R3a-B(O-alkyl)2 to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVI, a subgenus of Formula II, wherein R3a is -Z-R4', -Z'-X'-RV, -Z'-X'-Y'-RV, or -Z'-X'-R5'; -Z' is a bond; -X'- is alkenylene, arylene, heteroarylene or alkenylene optionally terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; and R4', Y', and R5' are as defined above. The coupling is carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXVa with a boronic acid or an ester or anhydride thereof in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a base such as sodium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as n-propanol. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (e.g., 80-1000C). Numerous boronic acids of Formula
R33-B(OH)2, anhydrides thereof, and boronic acid esters of Formula R3a-B(O-alkyl)2 are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. See, for example, Li, W. et al, J. Org. Chem., 67, 5394-5397 (2002). The product of Formula XXXVI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated by conventional methods.
The Heck reaction can also be used in Reaction Scheme III to provide compounds of Formula XXXVI, wherein R3a is -Z-X-R4' or -Z'-X'-Y'-RV; -Z' is a bond; -X'- is alkenylene optionally terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; and R4' and Y' are as defined above. The Heck reaction is carried out by coupling a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-4-amine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa with a vinyl-substituted arylene or heteroarylene compound. Several vinyl-substituted arylene or heteroarylene compounds, such as 2-vinylpyridine, 3-vinylpyridine, and 4-vinylpyridine, are commercially available; others can be prepared by known methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining the lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-4-amine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula XXXVa and the vinyl-substituted compound in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine or tri-ort/zo-tolylphosphine, and a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile or toluene. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 100-120 °C under an inert atmosphere. The product or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Reaction Scheme III
Figure imgf000059_0001
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme IV, where RAI, RBI> RI, and R2 are as defined above and PMB isj^αra-methoxybenzyl. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme IV, a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula XXXVII is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R1ONH2^HCl to provide an N-(2-chloro-3-nitropyridin-4-yl)hydroxylamine of Formula XXXVIII. The reaction can be carried out by combining the hydroxylamine with a compound of Formula XXXVII in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in an inert solvent such as DMF. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (about 80 0C). Many
2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridines of the Formula XXXVII are known and can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. (See, for example, Dellaria et al, U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,064 and the references cited therein.)
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme IV, an N-(2-chloro-3-nitropyridin-4- yl)hydroxylamine of Formula XXXVIII is reacted with tø-(4-methoxybenzyl)amine to provide an N- {2-[δzi?-(4-methoxybenzyl)ammo]-3-nitropyridm-4-yl}hydroxylamine of Formula XXXIX. The reaction can be carried out by adding the bfs-(4-methoxybenzyl)amine to a solution of a compound of Formula XXXVIII in a suitable solvent such as toluene in the presence of a base such as triethylamine. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (about 90 0C).
In step (3) of Reaction Scheme IV, an N-{2-[δw-(4-methoxybenzyl)amino]-3- nitropyridin-4-yl} hydroxylamine of Formula XXXIX is reduced to provide an N-{3-ammo-2-[&z5-(4-methoxybenzyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl}hydroxylamine of Formula XL.
The reduction can be carried out by treating a compound of Formula XXXIX with NiBH4.
The NiBH4 is generated in situ by adding sodium borohydride to a mixture of nickel (II) chloride heptahydrate and methanol. A solution of a compound of Formula XXXIX in a suitable solvent such as 9:2 methanol:dichloromethane is then added to the catalyst. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature.
In step (4) of Reaction Scheme IV, an N-{3-ammo-2-[bis-(4- methoxybenzyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl}hydroxylamine of Formula XL is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R2C(O)Cl or R2C(O)Br to provide an iV-(pyridin-3-yi)amide of Formula XLI. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction
Scheme I.
In step (5) of Reaction Scheme IV, an 7V-(pyridin-3-yl)amide of Formula XLI is cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine of Formula XLII. The reaction can be carried out by heating an amide of Formula XLI in toluene in the presence of pyridine hydrochloride. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, at reflux.
In step (6) of Reaction Scheme IV, the 4-methoxybenzyl groups on a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine of Formula XLII are removed by acid hydrolysis to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amine of Formula III. The reaction can be carried out by treating a compound of Formula XLII with trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Reaction Scheme IV
Figure imgf000061_0001
(3)
Figure imgf000061_0002
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme V where R, R1, R2, and n are as defined above; and each Ra is independently alkyl. Steps (1) through (4) can be carried out as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784 and documents cited therein. In step (1) the amino group of a compound of Formula XLIII can be acylated to provide a compound of Formula XLIV. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by reacting a compound of Formula XLIII with an alkyl malonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. Certain compounds of Formula XLIII are commercially available and others can be prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784 and documents cited therein. Alkyl malonyl chlorides are known, some of which are commercially available, and others can be made by known methods. In step (2) of Reaction Scheme V, a compound of Formula XLW can be cyclized to provide a compound of Formula XLV. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding a solution of a compound of Formula XLIV in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF) to a suspension of sodium hydride (or other base capable of removing a malonyl methylene proton) in a suitable solvent such as THF. The reaction can be run at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature.
In step (3) of Reaction Scheme V, a compound of Formula XLV can be hydrolyzed and decarboxylated to provide a compound of Formula XLVI. The reaction can be carried out by conventional methods, for example, by combining a compound of Formula XLV with an acid, such as hydrochloric acid, with heating.
In step (4) of Reaction Scheme V, a compound of Formula XLVI can be nitrated to provide a compound of Formula XLVII. The reaction can be carried out under conventional nitration conditions, such as by heating a compound of Formula XLVI in the presence of nitric acid, preferably in a solvent such acetic acid. In step (5) of Reaction Scheme V, a compound of Formula XLVII can be chlorinated to provide a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLVIII. The reaction can be carried out by combining a compound of Formula XLVII with a conventional chlorinating agent (e.g., phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, phosgene, oxalyl chloride, or phosphorus pentachloride), optionally in a solvent such as N,iV-dimethylformamide (DMF) or dichloromethane, with heating (e.g., at the reflux temperature).
In step (6) of Reaction Scheme V, 2,4-dichloro-3-nitro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLVIII is reduced to provide a 3-amino-2,4-dichloro-5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLIX. The reduction can be carried out using the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (7) of Reaction Scheme V, a 3-amino-2,4-dichloro-5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinoline of Formula XLIX is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R2C(O)Cl or R2C(O)Br to provide anN-(4-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula L. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme V, anN-(4-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula L is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R1ONH2^HCl and cyclized to provide a 4-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-l#-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline of Formula LI. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I. hi step (9) of Reaction Scheme V, 4-chloro~6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-lH-imidazo[4,5- cjquinoline of Formula LI is aminated to provide a 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine of Formula V. The reaction can be carried out by heating (e.g., 125- 1750C) a compound of Formula LI under pressure in a sealed reactor in the presence of a solution of ammonia in an alkanol. The product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Reaction Scheme V
Figure imgf000064_0001
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme VI where R, R1, R2, D, E, m, and n are as defined above.
In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI, a 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol or 3- aminoquinolin-4-ol of Formula XXX is reacted with an acyl halide of Formula R2C(O)Cl or R2C(O)Br to provide an N-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or JV-(4- hydroxyquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula LVIII. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (2) of Reaction Scheme I. In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VI, an7V-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or N-(4~hydroxyquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula LVIII is reacted with a triflating reagent such as iV-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonamide) to provide a [l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate or quinolin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula LIX. A mixture of a compound of Formula LVIII, the triflating agent, a base, such as triethylamine, and an inert solvent, such as DMF, is heated at an elevated temperature, such as 75 °C.
In step (3) of Reaction Scheme VI, a [l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate or quinolin-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate of Formula LIX is reacted with a hydroxylamine hydrochloride of Formula R1ONH2^HCl and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lϋf-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme VI, a lH"-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula XXXIII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula XXXIV and then aminated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4- amine or a lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula XXXV, which is a subgenus of compounds of Formulas I and II. The reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Reaction Scheme VI
Figure imgf000065_0001
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme VII where R, R2, R4, D, E, X, Y, m, and n are as defined above and Boc is tert- butoxycarbonyl. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VII, an N-(4-chloro[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl) amide or N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl) amide of Formula XXXII is reacted with a hydroxylamine of the Formula BoC-CH2-X-CH2-ONH2 and cyclized to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LX. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (3) of Reaction Scheme I. Ηydroxylamines of the Formula Boc-CΗ2-X-CΗ2-ONΗ2 can be prepared by conventional methods.
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VII, the tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting group is removed under acidic conditions to provide an amino substituted lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LXI. For example, a compound of Formula LX can be combined with a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol and heated.
In step (3) of Reaction Scheme VII, an amino substituted l/J-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-cJquinoline of Formula LXI is converted to a substituted lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine or lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumoline of Formula LXII using conventional methods. For example, a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of the Formula LXI can react with an acid chloride of Formula R4C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -C(O)-. In addition, a compound of the Formula LXI can react with sulfonyl chloride OfFOmIuIaR4S(O)2Cl or a sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R4S(O)2^O to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -S(O)2-. A compound of the Formula LXI can also react with a chloroformate of Formula R4CO(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula LXII in which Y is -C(O)-O-. Numerous acid chlorides of Formula R4C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R4S(O)2Cl, sulfonic anhydrides of Formula (R4S(O)^2O, and chloroformates of Formula R4CO(O)Cl are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding the acid chloride of Formula R4C(O)Cl, chloroformate of Formula R4CO(O)Cl, sulfonyl chloride of Formula R4S(O)2Cl, or sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R4S(O)^2O to a solution of a compound of Formula LXI and a base such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane, or acetonitrile. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as 0 0C.
Ureas of Formula LXII, where Y is -C(R7)-N(R9)-, in which R7 is =0, and R9 is as defined above, can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with isocyanates of Formula R4N=C=O. Numerous isocyanates of Formula R4N=C=O are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding the isocyanate of Formula R4N=C=O to a cooled solution of a compound of Formula LXI in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform. Optionally, a base such as triethylamine can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C. Alternatively, a compound of Formula LXI can be treated with carbamoyl chlorides of Formula R4N-(Rg)-C(O)Cl or Formula
Figure imgf000067_0001
where A, a, and b are as defined above.
Thioureas of the Formula LXII, where Y is -C(R7)-N(R9)-, in which R7 is -S, and R9 is H, can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with thioisocyanates of Formula R4N=C=S using the conditions described above for the reaction of a compound of Formula LXI with isocyanates. Sulfamides of Formula LXII, where Y is -S(O)2-N(R6)- wherein R6 is as defined above, can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with sulfuryl chloride to generate a sulfamoyl chloride in situ, and then reacting the sulfamoyl chloride with an amine of formula HN(R6)R4. Alternatively, sulfamides of Formula LXII can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula LXI with a sulfamoyl chloride of Formula R4(R6)N-S(O)2Cl under the reaction conditions described above for reaction of compounds of Formula LXI with sulfonyl chlorides. Many amines of Formula HN(R6)R4, and some sulfamoyl chlorides of Formula R4(R6)N-S(O)2Cl are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods.
In steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme VII, a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine or a lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline of Formula LXII is oxidized to provide an N-oxide of Formula LXIII and then aminated to provide a lH-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine or a l/f-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine of the Formula LXIV. The reactions can be carried out using the methods described in steps (4) and (5) of Reaction Scheme I, and the product or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be isolated using conventional methods.
Reaction Scheme VII
Figure imgf000068_0001
(3)
Figure imgf000068_0002
Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the synthetic routes described in the EXAMPLES below.
Prodrugs can be prepared in a variety of ways. For example, a compound wherein R2 is hydroxyalkyl can be converted into a prodrug wherein R2 is, for example, -alkylenyl-O-C(R7)-R4, -alkylenyl-O-C(R7)-O-R4, or -alkylenyl-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, wherein R4, R6, and R7 are as defined above, using methods known to one skilled in the art. In addition, a compound wherein R is hydroxy may also be converted to an ester, an ether, a carbonate, or a carbamate. For any of these compounds containing an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as C1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(C1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-l -(C1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(Ci -6 alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl, succinoyl, C1-6 alkanoyl, α-ammoC1-4 alkanoyl, arylacyl, -P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O-C1-6 alkyl)2, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-6 alkylcarbamoyl, and α-aminoacyl or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring racemic, D-, and L-amino acids. For compounds containing an alcohol functional group, particularly useful prodrugs are esters made from carboxylic acids containing one to six carbon atoms, unsubstituted or substituted benzoic acid esters, or esters made from naturally occurring L-amino acids. Prodrugs can also be made from a compound containing an amino group by conversion of the amino group to a functional group such as an amide, carbamate, urea, amidine, or another hydroylizable group using conventional methods. A prodrug of this type can be made by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in an amino group, particularly the amino group at the 4-position, with a group such as -C(O)-R', α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R', -C(O)-N(R"")-R', -C(=NY2)-R,
-CH(OH)-C(O)-OY2, -CH(OC1-4 alkyl)Y0, -CH2Y1, or -CH(CH3)Y1; wherein R1 and R"" are each independently C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkyl, haloC1-4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -0-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2; each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring racemic, D-, and L-amino acids; Y2 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, or benzyl; Y0 is C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkyl, aminoC1-4 alkyl, mono-N-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl, or di-N,N-Cι-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl; and Y1 is mono-JV"-C1-6 alkylamino, di-N,N-Cι-β alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl.
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Biological Activity Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The terms "a therapeutically effective amount" and "effective amount" mean an amount of the compound or salt sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity. Although the exact amount of active compound or salt used in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary according to factors known to those of skill in the art, such as the physical and chemical nature of the compound or salt, the nature of the carrier, and the intended dosing regimen, it is anticipated that the compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient to provide a dose of about 100 nanograms per kilogram (ng/kg) to about 50 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg), preferably about 10 micrograms per kilogram (μg/kg) to about 5 mg/kg, of the compound or salt to the subject. A variety of dosage forms maybe used, such as tablets, lozenges, capsules, parenteral formulations, syrups, creams, ointments, aerosol formulations, transdermal patches, transmucosal patches and the like.
The compounds or salts of the invention can be administered as the single therapeutic agent in the treatment regimen, or the compounds or salts of the invention may be administered in combination with one another or with other active agents, including additional immune response modifiers, antivirals, antibiotics, antibodies, proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides, etc.
Compounds or salts of the invention have been shown to induce, and certain compounds or salts of the invention may inhibit, the production of certain cytokines in experiments performed according to the tests set forth below. These results indicate that the compounds or salts are useful as immune response modifiers that can modulate the immune response in a number of different ways, rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders. Cytokines whose production may be induced by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention generally include interferon-α (IFN-α) and/or tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) as well as certain interleukins (IL). Cytokines whose biosynthesis may be induced by compounds or salts of the invention include IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-I, IL-6, IL- 10 and IL- 12, and a variety of other cytokines. Among other effects, these and other cytokines can inhibit virus production and tumor cell growth, making the compounds or salts useful in the treatment of viral diseases and neoplastic diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for induction of cytokine biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example a viral disease or a neoplastic disease, and admim'stration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
In addition to the ability to induce the production of cytokines, compounds or salts of the invention can affect other aspects of the innate immune response. For example, natural killer cell activity may be stimulated, an effect that may be due to cytokine induction. The compounds or salts may also activate macrophages, which in turn stimulate secretion of nitric oxide and the production of additional cytokines. Further, the compounds or salts may cause proliferation and differentiation of B-lymphocytes. Compounds or salts of the invention can also have an effect on the acquired immune response. For example, the production of the T helper type 1 (THI) cytokine IFN- γ may be induced indirectly and the production of the T helper type 2 (TH2) cytokines IL- 4, EL-5 and IL- 13 may be inhibited upon administration of the compounds or salts.
Other cytokines whose production may be inhibited by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention include tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). Among other effects, inhibition of TNF-α production can provide prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of TNF-α mediated diseases in animals, making the compounds or salt useful in the treatment of, for example, autoimmune diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inhibiting TNF-α biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for inhibition of TNF-α biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example an autoimmune disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
Whether for prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of a disease, and whether for effecting innate or acquired immunity, the compound or salt or composition may be administered alone or in combination with one or more active components as in, for example, a vaccine adjuvant. When administered with other components, the compound or salt and other component or components may be administered separately; together but independently such as in a solution; or together and associated with one another such as (a) covalently linked or (b) non-covalently associated, e.g., in a colloidal suspension. Conditions for which compounds or salts identified herein may be used as treatments include, but are not limited to:
(a) viral diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by an adenovirus, a herpesvirus (e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV), a poxvirus (e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum), a picornavirus
(e.g., rhinovirus or enterovirus), an orthomyxovirus (e.g., influenzavirus), a paramyxovirus (e.g., parainfluenzavirus, mumps virus, measles virus, and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV)), a coronavirus (e.g., SARS), a papovavirus (e.g., papillomaviruses, such as those that cause genital warts, common warts, or plantar warts), a hepadnavirus (e.g., hepatitis B virus), a fiavivirus (e.g., hepatitis C virus or Dengue virus), or a retrovirus (e.g., a lentivirus such as HIV);
(b) bacterial diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by bacteria of, for example, the genus Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella, Listeria, Aerobacter, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Streptococcus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus, Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia, Providencia, Chromobacterium, Brucella, Yersinia, Haemophilus, or Bordetella;
(c) other infectious diseases, such chlamydia, fungal diseases including but not limited to candidiasis, aspergillosis, histoplasmosis, cryptococcal meningitis, or parasitic diseases including but not limited to malaria, Pneumocystis carnii pneumonia, leishmaniasis, cryptosporidiosis, toxoplasmosis, and trypanosome infection;
(d) neoplastic diseases, such as intraepithelial neoplasias, cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, leukemias including but not limited to myelogeous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, and hairy cell leukemia, and other cancers;
(e) TH2-mediated, atopic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis or eczema, eosinophilia, asthma, allergy, allergic rhinitis, and Ommen's syndrome;
(f) certain autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, essential thrombocythaemia, multiple sclerosis, discoid lupus, alopecia areata; and (g) diseases associated with wound repair such as, for example, inhibition of keloid formation and other types of scarring (e.g., enhancing wound healing, including chronic wounds).
Additionally, a compound or salt of the present invention may be useful as a vaccine adjuvant for use in conjunction with any material that raises either humoral and/or cell mediated immune response, such as, for example, live viral, bacterial, or parasitic immunogens; inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, or bacterial immunogens, toxoids; toxins; self-antigens; polysaccharides; proteins; glycoproteins; peptides; cellular vaccines; DNA vaccines; autologous vaccines; recombinant proteins; and the like, for use in connection with, for example, BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenza b, tuberculosis, meningococcal and pneumococcal vaccines, adenovirus, HIV, chicken pox, cytomegalovirus, dengue, feline leukemia, fowl plague, HSV-I and HSV-2, hog cholera, Japanese encephalitis, respiratory syncytial virus, rotavirus, papilloma virus, yellow fever, and Alzheimer's Disease.
Compounds or salts of the present invention may be particularly helpful in individuals having compromised immune function. For example, compounds or salts may be used for treating the opportunistic infections and tumors that occur after suppression of cell mediated immunity in, for example, transplant patients, cancer patients and HIV patients.
Thus, one or more of the above diseases or types of diseases, for example, a viral disease or a neoplastic disease may be treated in an animal in need thereof (having the disease) by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
An amount of a compound or salt effective to induce or inhibit cytokine biosynthesis is an amount sufficient to cause one or more cell types, such as monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells and B-cells to produce an amount of one or more cytokines such as, for example, IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-I, IL-6, IL-10 and IL- 12 that is increased (induced) or decreased (inhibited) over a background level of such cytokines. The precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. The invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in an animal and a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. An amount effective to treat or inhibit a viral infection is an amount that will cause a reduction in one or more of the manifestations of viral infection, such as viral lesions, viral load, rate of virus production, and mortality as compared to untreated control animals. The precise amount that is effective for such treatment will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. An amount of a compound or salt effective to treat a neoplastic condition is an amount that will cause a reduction in tumor size or in the number of tumor foci.
Again, the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
In addition to the formulations and uses described specifically herein, other formulations, uses, and administration devices suitable for compounds of the present invention are described in, for example, International Publication Nos. WO 03/077944 and WO 02/036592, U.S. Patent No. 6,245,776, and U.S. Publication Nos. 2003/0139364, 2003/185835, 2004/0258698, 2004/0265351, 2004/076633, and 2005/0009858.
Objects and advantages of this invention are further illustrated by the following examples, but the particular materials and amounts thereof recited in these examples, as well as other conditions and details, should not be construed to unduly limit this invention.
EXAMPLES
Example 1 1 -Methoxy-2-propyl- 1 H"-imidazo [4, 5 -c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000075_0001
Part A
Butyryl chloride (0.72 mL, 6.94 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and triethylamine (1.13 niL, 8.09 mmol, 1.4 eq) were added to a solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (1.03 g, 5.78 mmol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours and then washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 3% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide 0.70 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)butyramide. Part B A solution of the material from Part A (0.70 g, 2.9 mmol, 1.0 eq) and O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.336 g, 4.0 mmol, 1.4 eq) in ethanol (50 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Analysis of the residue by NMR and mass spectroscopy indicated that the reaction was about 30-35 % complete. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (35 mL). Triethylamine (0.47 mL) and O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.24 g) were added. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours at which time analysis by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) indicated that the reaction had not progressed. Additional O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.500 g) was added and the reaction was heated at reflux for 1 hour at which time analysis by HPLC indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, 10% sodium hydroxide, and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.300 g of 1 -methoxy-2-propyl- IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a brown solid. Part C
3-Chloroperbenzoic acid (0.373 g of 75%, 2.16 mmol, 1.75 eq) was added to a solution of the material from Part B (0.300 g, 1.24 mmol, 1.0 eq) in chloroform (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at which time analysis by HPLC indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C; ammonium hydroxide (30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. Benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.308 mL, 2.15 mmol, 1.95 eq) was added dropwise over a period of 2 minutes. The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and then stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% sodium hydroxide and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 4% methanol in dichloromethane) followed by recrystallization from 1% dichloromethane and methanol/water to provide 0.151 g of l-methoxy-2-propyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white needles, mp 210-211 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 257.09 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C14H16N4O1: C, 65.61; H, 6.29; N, 21.86. Found: C, 65.32; H, 6.33; N, 22.1.
Example 2 l-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-liJ-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000076_0001
Part A
A solution of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)butyramide (3.3 g, 13 mmol, 1.0 eq) and O- benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.23 g, 26.5 mmol, 2.0 eq) in ethanol (150 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 3% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide 1.20 g of l-benzyloxy-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- cjquinoline.
Part B
A solution of l-(benzyloxy)-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.6 g, 8.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 0C, and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.6 g of approximately 77% pure material, 16 mmol) was added over a period of several minutes. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C, stirred for 90 minutes at room temperature, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 35 mL, containing 1 mL of 25% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide), dried over potassium carbonate, and filtered. The resulting solution was cooled to 0 0C, and trichloroacetyl isocyanate (1.22 mL, 10.3 mmol) was added with stirring. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 0C, stirred for 75 minutes at room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (60 mL), and sodium methoxide (6.3 mL of a 25% w/w solution in methanol, 29 mmol) was added with stirring. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A precipitate formed, and the reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 0 0C. The precipitate was collected by filtration, recrystallized from methanol/water, and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0C to provide 1.11 g of l-(benzyloxy)-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as white crystals, mp 164-166 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 333 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C20H20N4O: C, 72.27; H, 6.06; N, 16.85. Found: C, 71.94; H, 6.11; N, 16.93.
Example 3 1 -Ethoxy-2-propyl- lH-imidazo [4,5 -c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000078_0001
Part A Butyryl chloride (3.77 mL, 1.3 eq) and triethylamine (5.85 niL, 1.3 eq) were added sequentially to a chilled (0 °C) solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (5.0 g, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature and then allowed to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.5 g of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)butyramide. Part B
Ethoxyamine hydrochloride (2.34 g, 2.0 eq) was added to a solution of N-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl)butyramide (3.0 g, 1.0 eq) in ethanol (75 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.89 g of l-ethoxy-2 -propyl- l/i-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline. Part C The material from Part B was oxidized and then animated using the method of
Example 1 Part C. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 4% methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of water and 2% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 0.185 g of 1 -ethoxy-2-propyl- IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as brownish needles, mp 198-199 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 271.16 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C15H18N4O ' 0.06H2O * 0.25 C1H4O: C, 65.61; H, 6.81; N, 20.06. Found: C, 65.33; H, 6.5; N, 20.07. Example 4
2-Ethyl-l-methoxy-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000079_0001
Part A Propionyl chloride (6.32 niL, 1.3 eq) and triethylamine (11.69 mL, 1.5 eq) were added sequentially to a solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinolme (10.0 g, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (200 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and then quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 2% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide 5.8 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)propionamide. Part B
O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.51 g, 1.7 eq) was added to a solution of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)propionamide (2.5 g, 1.0 eq) in ethanol (75 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.10 g of 2-ethyl-l- methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a brown solid. Part C
The material from Part B was oxidized and then animated using the method of Example 1 Part C. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 4-5% methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of methanol and water to provide 80 mg of 2-ethyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4- amine as a tan powder, mp 216-217 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 243.05 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C13H14N4OO.05H2O: C, 64.22; H, 5.84; N, 23.04. Found: C, 63.83; H, 5.79; N, 22.61. Example 5 2-Ethyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000080_0001
Part A O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.5 g, 1.7 eq) was added to a solution of
7V-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)propionamide (3.1 g, 1.0 eq) in ethanol (150 niL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours, cooled to ambient temperature, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 3.2 g of 2-ethyl- 1 - isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline.
Part B
The material from Part A was oxidized and then aminated using the method of
Example 1 Part C. The crude product was recrystallized 3 times from a mixture of methanol and water to provide 0.244 g of 2-ethyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 242-243 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 271.40 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for Ci5H18N4O: C, 66.65; H, 6.71; N, 20.73. Found: C, 66.39; H, 6.51; N, 20.4.
Example 6 l-Isopropoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000080_0002
Part A
Acetyl chloride (3.41 mL, 1.25 eq) and triethylamine (6.79 mL, 1.4 eq) were added sequentially to a solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (6.22 g, 1.0 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and then washed sequentially with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.68 g of N-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl)acetamide.
Part B O-isopropylhydroxylarnine hydrochloride (2.14 g, 1.7 eq) was added to a solution of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)acetamide (2.51 g, 1.0 eq) in ethanol (75 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure.
The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane arid aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.60 g of l-isopropoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline.
Part C
The material from Part B was oxidized and then animated using the method of
Example 1 Part C. The crude product was sonicated with 25% sodium hydroxide. The resulting powder was isolated by filtration and then washed with water to provide 151 mg of l-isopropoxy-2-methyl-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4-amme as a brown powder, mp
243 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 257.14 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C14H16N4O - 0.41H2O: C, 63.76;
H, 6.42; N, 21.25. Found: C, 63.39; H, 6.30; N, 20.97.
Example 7 1 -Methoxy-2-methyl- 1 H-imidazo [4,5 -c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000081_0001
l-Methoxy-2-methyl-l/f-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel eluting with 3% methanol in chloroform) followed by recrystallization from a mixture of water and 10% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 299 mg of l-methoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a brown powder, mp 237-238 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 229.12 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C12H12N4O •O.14CH2C12: C, 60.72; H, 5.29; N, 24.55. Found: C, 60.82; H, 5.23; N, 23.31. Example 8 l-Isobutoxy-2-memyl-lH~imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4-amine
Figure imgf000082_0001
l-Isobutoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using O-isobutyllhydroxylamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B. The crude product was slurried 4 times with 25% sodium hydroxide and then recrystallized from a mixture of water and 5% dichloromethane in methanol to provide 370 mg of l-isobutoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as brown crystals, mp 215-216 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 271.13 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for Ci5H18N4O: C, 66.65; H, 6.71; N, 20.73. Found: C, 66.53; H, 6.95; N, 20.68.
Example 9 l-Ethoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000082_0002
l-Ethoxy-2-memyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine was prepared according to the method of Example 6 using ethoxyamine hydrochloride in lieu of O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in Part B. The crude product was recrystallized from a mixture of water and 2% dichloromethane in methanol and then from a mixture of water and methanol to provide l-ethoxy-2-methyl-li7-imidazo[435-c]qumolin-4-amine as brown crystals, mp 219-221 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 243.13 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for Ci3H14N4O • 0.15H2O: C, 63.76; H, 5.88; N, 22.88. Found: C3 63.36; H, 5.99; N, 22.93. Example 10 1 -Methoxy-2-phenyl- 1/i-imidazo [4, 5 -c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000083_0001
Part A Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of 3-amino-4~chloroquinoline (2.50 g, 1 eq), benzoyl chloride (3.0 g, 1.5 eq), and anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) was heated at 40 °C. After 23 hours additional benzoyl chloride (3.0 g, 1.5 eq) was added and heating was continued for a total of 48 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed sequentially with aqueous potassium carbonate (x2), water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (230 g of silica gel eluted initially with a gradient of 20-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes and then with 4/3/3 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 1.01 g of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)benzamide as a white solid. Part B A mixture ofN-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)benzamide (0.020 g, 1 eq), O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3 eq), and isopropanol was heated at 80 0C for 17 hours. The reaction was also run using ethanol in lieu of isopropanol. The two reaction mixtures were combined, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed sequentially with aqueous potassium carbonate (x2), water, and brine, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was dried at 80 0C for 3 days to provide 12.1 mg of l-methoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a tan powder, mp 194.0-195 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 276 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C17H13N3O0.2 H2O: C, 73.21; H, 4.84; N, 15.07. Found: C, 73.27; H, 4.61; N, 14.84. Part C l-Methoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.295 g, 1 eq), 3- chloroperbenzoic acid (4.3 g of 11%, 1.6 eq), and dichloromethane (400 mL) were combined and stirred at ambient temperature. More 3-chloroperbenozic acid (0.9 g) was added after 30 minutes and again after 1.5 hours. After 3 hours total the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure until solids began to form. The heterogeneous mixture was filtered and then triturated with hexanes to provide 2.82 g of l-methoxy-2-phenyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline 5iV-oxide as a light tan solid. Part D Ammonium hydroxide (48 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of the material from Part C (1 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.7 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate. A solid formed in the aqueous layer. This material was isolated by filtration and dried to provide 1.16 g of l-methoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 241.0- 243.0 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 291 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C17H14N4O0.3 H2O: C, 69.05; H, 4.98; N, 18.95. Found: C, 69.17; H, 4.86; N, 19.07.
Example 11
1 -Isopropoxy-2-phenyl- 1 H-imidazo [4,5 -c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000084_0001
Part A
0-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.9 g, 3 eq), 7V-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)benzamide (5.0 g, 1 eq), and anhydrous isopropanol (60 mL) were combined and then heated at 80 0C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 18 hours the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 6.15 g of dark oil. This material was purified by column chromatography (320 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 30-50% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to provide an oil. The oil was triturated with hexanes to provide a solid which was isolated by filtration and then dried to provide 3.756 g of l-isopropoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline. Part B
The material from Part A (1 eq) was combined with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (4.1 g of 77%, 1.5 eq) and dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with a mixture of ether and hexane. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration, rinsed with hexanes, and dried to provide 3.4 g of l-isopropoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline 5iV-oxide as a light orange solid. Part C
Ammonium hydroxide (49 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of material from „ Part B (3.126 g, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (100 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.8 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes/ether to provide 2.3 g of a tan solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (200 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 5 - 10% CMA in chloroform; CMA is a 80/12/2 v/v/v chloroform/methanol/concentrated ammonium hydroxide) to provide 1.15 g of a tan solid. This material was dissolved in hot acetonitrile (20 mL). After 17 hours a solid was isolated by filtration and then dried at 100 °C under high vacuum for 17 hours to provide 0.88 g of l-isopropoxy-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a tan powder, mp 188.0-191 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 319 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C19H18N4O0.3 H2O: C, 70.48; H, 5.79; N, 17.30. Found: C, 70.51; H, 5.74; N, 17.41.
Example 12
2-Cyclohexyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-e]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000086_0001
Part A Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (8.00 g, 1 eq), cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (18.2 mL, 3 eq) and anhydrous dichloro ethane (150 mL) was heated at 90 °C for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes to provide a solid. The solid was combined with hexanes, stirred for 30 minutes, isolated by filtration, rinsed with hexanes, and then dried to provide 11.9 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide. Part B
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide (5.0 g, 1 eq), O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.8 g, 3 eq), and anhydrous isopropanol (60 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexane to provide a solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (250 g of silica gel eluted with 2% CMA in chloroform) to provide 4 g of a brown solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (300 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 50 - 65% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 2.85 g of 2-cyclohexyl-l-isopropoxy-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a tan solid. Part C
The material from Part B (2.85 g, 1 eq) was combined with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (3.6 g of 11%, 2 eq) and dichloromethane (150 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature. After 30 minutes more 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (0.8 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration to provide 3.6 g of 2-cyclohexyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline 5N- oxide as a tan solid. Part D
Ammonium hydroxide (50 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of material from Part C (3.371 g, 1 eq) in dichloromethane (200 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 °C. Solid tosyl chloride (2.9 g, 1.5 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes/ether to provide a solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (150 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 5 - 15% CMA in chloroform) to provide 1.3 g of a white solid. This material was triturated with ether, isolated by filtration, rinsed with ether, and then dried at 70 °C under high vacuum to provide 0.53 g of 2-cyclohexyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4- amine as a white powder, mp 175.0-178.0 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 325 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C19H24N4O: C, 70.34; H, 7.46; N5 17.27. Found: C, 70.07; H, 7.51; N, 16.98.
Example 13
2-Cyclohexyl- 1 -methoxy- lH-imidazo [4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000087_0001
Part A
A mixture of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)cyclohexanecarboxamide (4.00 g, 1 eq), O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.5 g, 3 eq), and ethanol (150 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 3.1 g of dark brown oil. This material was purified by column chromatography (300 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 30-40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide 1.8 g of 2~cyclohexyl-l~methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline as a light brown solid. Part B
The material from Part A (1.8 g,l eq) was combined with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (2.9 g of 77%, 2 eq) and dichloromethane (100 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.82 g of a tan solid. This material was triturated with ether to provide 1.37 g of 2-cyclohexyl-l-methoxy-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline 5iV-oxide as an off white solid. Part C
Ammonium hydroxide (23 mL of 15M) was added to a solution of material from Part B (1.37 g,l eq) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred vigorously at 0 0C. Solid tosyl chloride (1.0 g, 1.2 eq) was added over a period of 1 minute. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 1 hour the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes to provide a solid. This material was purified by column chromatography (80 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 5 - 15% CMA in chloroform) to provide 1.13 g of a white solid. This material was triturated with ether and then dried at 70 0C under high vacuum to provide 1.0 g of 2-cyclohexyl-l- methoxy~lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin~4-amine as a white powder, mp 220.0-222.0 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 297 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C17H20N4OO-ICH2Cl2: C, 67.37; H, 6.68; N, 18.38. Found: C, 67.52; H, 6.85; N, 18.50. Example 14 2-Tert-butyl- 1 -isopropoxy- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000089_0001
Part A A mixture of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (8.00 g, 1 eq), trimethylacetyl chloride
(11 niL g, 2 eq), and anhydrous dichloroethane (150 mL) was heated at 70 °C. After 6 hours more trimethylacetyl chloride (2 eq) was added and heating was continued for a total of 23 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexanes and then filtered to provide 7.16 g of N-(4-chloroqumolin-3- yl)trimethylacetamide as a solid. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 5 g of crude iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)trimethylacetamide. Part B Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)trimethylacetamide (6.00 g, 1 eq), 0-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (7.6 g, 3 eq), and anhydrous isopropanol (80 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (150 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 20 - 55 % ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to provide 2.8 g of 2-tert- butyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a brown oil. Part C The material from Part B (2.8 g, 1 eq) was combined with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid
(4.5 g of 11%, 2 eq) and dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water and then combined with sufficient dichloromethane to bring the volume to 200 mL. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (50 mL of 15M) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously in an ice bath. Tosyl chloride (2.3 g, 1.2 eq) was added. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with 6 N hydrochloric acid and isopropanol. The resulting solution was made basic (pH 14) with 50% sodium hydroxide and then stirred for 30 minutes. A precipitate was isolated by filtration, triturated with toluene, isolated by filtration, rinsed with ether, and then dried at 100 °C under high vacuum for 18 hours to provide 1.2 g of 2-tert-butyl- l-isopropoxy-li7-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light yellow powder, mp 187.0- 189.0 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 299 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C17H22N4O0.3H20: C, 67.21; H, 7.50; N, 18.44. Found: C, 67.22; H, 7.14; N, 18.38.
Example 15 2-Jert-butyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4-amine
Figure imgf000090_0001
Part A
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a mixture of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)trimethylacetamide (6.00 g, 1 eq), O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.7 g, 3 eq), and anhydrous isopropanol (80 mL) was heated at 80 0C for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with hexane and the resulting solid was isolated by filtration. This material was purified by column chromatography (300 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 20 - 50 % ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to provide 4.6 g of a brown solid. This solid was recrystallized from hexane to provide 3.1 g of 2-tert-butyl-l- methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a golden brown crystalline solid. Part B
The material from Part A (3.1 g, 1 eq) was combined with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (5.4 g of 77%, 2 eq) and dichloromethane (50 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine. The organic layer was combined with sufficient dichloromethane to bring the volume to 250 mL. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (60 mL of 15M) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously in an ice bath. Tosyl chloride (2.5 g, 1.1 eq) was added. After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with a mixture of toluene and ether and the resulting solid was isolated by filtration. This material was purified by column chromatography (80 g of silica gel eluted with a gradient of 7 - 10 % CMA in chloroform) to provide 0.67 g of 2-fert-butyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light yellow powder, mp 195.0-197.0 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 271 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C15Hi8N4O: C, 66.65; H, 6.71; N, 20.73. Found: C, 66.58; H, 6.75; N, 20.75.
Example 16 l-(Benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amme
Figure imgf000091_0001
Part A O-Benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (10.2 g, 63.7 mmol), iV-(4-chloroqumorin-
3-yl)benzamide (6.00 g, 21.2 mmol), and isopropanol (200 mL) were combined and heated at 80 0C. After 18 hours the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane, and the solution was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate and water and then concentrated under reduced pressure. This material was purified by column chromatography (320 g of silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 1-2% methanol in dichloromethane). The resulting solid was triturated with hexanes to provide a tan solid that was isolated by filtration. The solid was mixed with chloroform and isolated by filtration to provide 0.951 g of 1- (benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a reddish-brown solid. 2-Phenyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-ol (2.39 g) was recovered from the aqueous washings. Part B l-(Benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-l/J-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (0.951 g, 2.71 mmol) was combined with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (1.2 g of 77% pure material, 5.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. An analysis by liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS) indicated the presence of starting material; additional 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.1 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature and then diluted with dichloromethane, washed sequentially with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1.25 g of l-(benzyloxy)-5-oxido-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a black oil. Attempts to obtain a solid by trituration with hexane/diethyl ether and hexane were unsuccessful. Part C
The method described in Part C of Example 11 was used to treat the material from Part B with ammonium hydroxide (13 mL of 15 M) and/?-toluenesulfonyl chloride (0.57 g, 3.0 mmol) with the following modifications. Attempts to purify the crude product by trituration did not remove any impurities. Following chromatographic purification (90 g of silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 5- 10% CMA in chloroform), the product was recrystallized from 40% ethyl acetate in hexane to provide 0.217 g of l-(benzyloxy)-2- phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a white powder, mp 177.0-179 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 367 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C23H18N4O: C, 75.39; H, 4.95; N, 15.29. Found: C, 75.18; H, 4.79; N, 15.05.
Example 17
4-Amino-2-phenyl- 1/J-imidazo [4,5-c] quinolin- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000093_0001
A mixture of l-(benzyloxy)-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine (0.32 g, 0.87 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.015 g) in ethanol (10 mL) was placed in a pressure vessel, which was purged with hydrogen three times and then placed under hydrogen pressure (45 psi, 3.I x IO5 Pa) and shaken on a Parr apparatus for 18 hours. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material. Additional 10% palladium on carbon (0.05 g) was added, and the hydrogenation was continued for an additional five hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with ethanol. After several days, crystals formed in the filtrate. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure until it became cloudy, and the mixture was allowed to stand for 18 hours. More crystals formed, and the crystals were collected by filtration, washed with diethyl ether, and dried to provide 0.068 g of 4-amino-2-phenyl-lH-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l-ol as an off-white powder, decomp. 201-209 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 277 (M + H)+;
Anal, calcd for C16H12N4O0.2H20: C, 68.66; H, 4.47; N, 20.02. Found: C, 68.48; H, 4.66; N, 19.97.
Example 18
2-(Ethoxymethyl)- 1 -isopropoxy- 1/i-imidazo [4,5-c] quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000093_0002
Part A
A solution of ethoxyacetyl chloride (4.2 g, 34 mmol) in dichloromethane was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (5.1 g, 29 mmol) in dichloromethane (75 mL), and the reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature. Additional ethoxyacetyl chloride (0.5 g, 4 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and diluted with dichloromethane (75 mL). The resulting mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, and filtered. Methanol was added to facilitate the filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 7.3 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2- ethoxyacetamide as a dark solid. Part B
A solution of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2-ethoxyacetamide (7.3 g, 28 mmol) and O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.3 g, 0.030 mol) in ethanol (150 mL) was heated at reflux for two hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 4% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 2.15 g of 2-(ethoxymethyl)-l-isopropoxy-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a dark oil that crystallized upon standing. Part C
A solution of 2-(ethoxymethyl)-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.1 g, 7.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (75 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 0C, and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.2 g of approximately 77% pure material, 14 mmol) was added over a period of five minutes. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C, stirred for two hours at room temperature, and then cooled to approximately 0 0C. Concentrated ammonium hydroxide (35 mL) was added, and then a solution of benzenesulfonyl chloride (1.7 mL, 13 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at 0 0C and stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 35 mL containing 2 mL of 25% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 3% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 1.3 g of a light brown solid. The solid was recrystallized three times from methanol/water and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 80 0C to provide 0.55 g of 2-(ethoxymethyl)-l-isopropoxy-l/i-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4- amine as shiny brown needles, mp 179-181 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 301 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C16H20N4O2: C, 63.98; H, 6.71; N, 18.65. Found: C, 63.81; H, 6.58; N, 18.73.
Example 19 4- Amino- 1 -isopropoxy- 1 H-imidazo [4,5 -c] quinolin-2-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000095_0001
Part A
A solution of acetoxyacetyl chloride (13.8 g, 101 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 niL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (15 g, 84 mmol) and triethylamine (27 mL, 190 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and additional acetoxyacetyl chloride (11.2 g, 82.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (35 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then stirred for five minutes with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (75 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 25 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 22.3 g of a mixture of 1 :3 2-[(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl)amino]-2-oxoethyl acetate and N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2- hydroxyacetamide as a brown, gummy solid. Part B
A solution of 50% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide (1 mL) and water (5 mL) was added to a solution of the mixture from Part A (10.1 g) in methanol (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred for three hours at room temperature. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to provide 8.7 g of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide as a brown solid. Part C
A solution of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2-h.ydroxyacetamide (8.0 g, 34 mmol) and O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.5 g, 49 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) was heated at reflux overnight, allowed to cool to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL), and the resulting solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 3.1 g of l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2-yl)methanol as a light brown solid. Part D
The method described in Part C of Example 18 was used to oxidize and aminate 1- isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2-yl)methanol (3.0 g, 12 mmol) with the modification that chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent. After recrystallization and drying, 4-amino-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-2- yl)methanol (1.23 g) was obtained as golden crystals, mp 204-206 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 273 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C14H16N4O2: C, 61.75; H, 5.92; N, 20.57. Found: C, 61.57; H, 5.81; N, 20.81.
Example 20 l-Ethoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amme
Figure imgf000096_0001
Part A
Acetic anhydride (16 mL, 170 mmol) was cooled to 0 °C, and formic acid (7.2 mL of 97% pure material, 190 mmol) was added over a period often mintues. The solution was stirred for 2.5 hours at room temperature and then added to a stirred solution of 3- amino-4-chloroquinoline (10.0 g, 56.0 mmol) in tetrahydroforan (THF) (100 mL). The reaction was stirred for one hour at room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol (50 mL) was added to the residue, stirred for 30 minutes, and removed under reduced pressure. The residue was then stirred with dichloromethane (150 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) for three days. A solid was present and was isolated by filtration and dried under high vacuum. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in methanol (400 mL). The solution was dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with the solid isolated by filtration to provide 9.6 g of 4-chloroqumolin-3-ylformamide as a brown solid. Part B
A solution of 4-chloroquinolin-3-ylformamide (5.0 g, 24 mmol), O- ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.95 g, 30.2 mmol), and isopropanol (75 mL) was heated at reflux overnight, allowed to cool to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was stirred with dichloromethane (150 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL) for 15 minutes. The organic layer was separated and dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 2% methanol in dichloromethane containing 5 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 2.45 g of l-ethoxy-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline. Part C
A solution of l-ethoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.45 g, 11.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 0C, and 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.85 g of approximately 77% pure material, 17 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C, stirred for three hours at room temperature, and then stirred with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (35 mL) for 15 minutes. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with dichloromethane (5 x 50 mL), and the combined organic fractions were dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.4 g of l-ethoxy-5-oxido-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as an orange solid. Part D
A solution of l-ethoxy-5-oxido-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinorme (2.4 g, 10.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (75 mL) was cooled to 0 0C, and trichloroacetyl isocyanate (1.9 mL, 16 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C and then stirred overnight at room temperature. Methanol (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (15 mL), and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of a 25% w/w solution in methanol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was stirred with methanol (15 mL) and water (15 mL), and a solid formed. The solid was collected by filtration, recrystallized from methanol/water, and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent). The resulting solid was recrystallized from methanol/water and dried overnight under vacuum to provide 0.54 g of l-ethoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as brown crystals, mp 179-181 0C.
MS (APCI) m/z 229 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C12H12N4O: C, 63.14; H, 5.30; N, 24.55. Found: C, 62.92; H, 4.96; N,
24.72.
Example 21 l-tert-Butoxy-lH'-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000098_0001
Part A
4-Chloroquinolin-3-ylformamide (4.1 g, 0.020 mol) was treated with O-(tert- butyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.8 g, 22 mmol) according to the method of Part B of Example 20 to provide 3.4 g of l-terf-butoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline, which was used without chromatographic purification. Part B
The methods described in Parts C and D of Example 20 were used to oxidize and aminate l-tert-butoxy-l/i-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.4 g, 14 mmol) with the modification that after the final product was collected by filtration, it was purified only by column chromatography to provide l-tert-butoxy-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C14H16N4O2 + H+: 257.1402, found 257.1403.
Example 22 l-Methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000099_0001
Part A
A solution of phosphorus(III) oxychloride (25.6 mL, 275 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 3-aminoquinolin- 4-ol hydrochloride (50.0 g, 254 mmol) in dichloromethane (500 mL) and N,N- dimethylformamide (DMF) (50 mL). After the addition was complete, the reaction was stirred at room temperature for two hours. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and additional phosphorus(III) oxychloride (25.6 mL) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and was still incomplete. It was then heated at reflux for 3.5 hours and allowed to cool. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (200 mL) was added, and solid potassium carbonate was added until the mixture was basic. The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 55.1 g of iV-(4- chloroquinolin-3-yl)-Λ/,N-dimethylimidoformamide as a dark oil that solidified upon standing. Part B
A solution of Nl-(4-chloroquinolm-3-yl)-N,N-dimethylimidoformamide (10.9 g, 46.6 mmol) and O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.9 g, 47 mmol) in ethanol (100 mL) was heated at reflux for 4.5 hours. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was incomplete, and additional O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.0 g, 24 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at reflux overnight, allowed to cool to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The work-up and purification procedures described in Part C of Example 19 were followed with the modification that chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent. 1- Methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (approximately 3.7 g) was obtained as a red solid. Part C
The method described in Part C of Example 18 was used to oxidize and aminate 1- methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.6 g, 13 mmol) with the following modifications. The oxidation reaction mixture was stirred for three hours at room temperature and then stirred with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) for 15 minutes. The aqueous fraction was separated and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 35 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 35 mL containing 2 mL of 25% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide) and then subjected to the animation reaction. The crude animation product (2.8 g) was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) followed by recrystallization from methanol/water and then from isopropanol/water. The crystals were washed with 25% w/w aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 x 25 ml) and water (2 x 25 mL) and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0C to provide 0.338 g of l-methoxy-l/J-imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-4-amine as a brown solid, mp 238-240 0C.
MS (APCI) m/z 215 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for CnH10N4O: C, 61.67; H, 4.70; N, 26.15. Found: C, 61.54; H, 4.70; N, 26.17.
Example 23 l-Isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000101_0001
Part A A solution of iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-N,N-dimetliylimidoformamide (9.3 g,
0.040 mol) and O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (5.0 g, 45 mmol) in ethanol (150 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was incomplete, and triethylamine (2.0 mL) was added. The reaction was heated at reflux for three hours and found to be incomplete. The ethanol was removed under reduced pressure, and toluene (150 mL) was added. The reaction was heated at reflux overnight but was found again to be incomplete. The toluene was removed under reduced pressure, and ethanol (150 mL) and additional O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.0 g, 9.0 mmol) were added. The reaction was heated at reflux over night with additional O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.5 g) added after three hours and again (0.4 g) after five hours. The work-up and purification procedures described in Part C of Example 19 were followed with the modification that chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent. l-Isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (7.1 g) was obtained as a light red solid. Part B
The method described in Part C of Example 18 was used to oxidize and aminate 1- isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline in two batches (3.7 g, 16 mmol and 3.2 g, 14 mmol) with the following modifications. The crude animation product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) followed by recrystallization twice from methanol/water and then twice from acetonitrile/water. The crystals were dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0C to provide 0.926 g of 1- isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light brown solid, mp 224-225 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 243 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C13H14N4O: C5 64.45; H, 5.82; N, 23.12. Found: C, 64.39; H, 5.94; N, 23.34.
Example 24 4-Arnino-2-propyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm- 1 -ol
Figure imgf000102_0001
A mixture of l-(benzyloxy)-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine (3.2 g, 9.6 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.15 g) in ethanol (125 niL) was placed under hydrogen pressure (30 psi, 2.I x IO5 Pa) and shaken on a Parr apparatus for 80 minutes. After 40 minutes the hydrogen pressure had decreased to 20 psi, (14 x 105 Pa). The reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue (2.4 g) was recrystallized three times from methanol/water and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 4-amino- 2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-ol as white crystals, mp 232-235 0C. MS (APCI) m/z 243 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C13Hi4N4O0.54 H2O: C, 61.97; H, 6.03; N, 22.23. Found: C, 62.18; H, 6.40; N, 22.33.
Example 25 2-Isopropyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000102_0002
Part A
A solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (8.5 g, 48 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was cooled to 0 0C. Triethylamine (42 mL, 0.30 mol) was added followed by a solution of isobutyryl chloride (9.6 mL, 0.10 mol) in dichloromethane (35 mL), which was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and the reaction was heated at reflux for two hours. The reaction was still incomplete. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (75 mL). Additional isobutyryl chloride (9.6 mL, 0.10 mol) was added, the reaction was stirred for three days at room temperature. The reaction was still incomplete, and additional isobutyryl chloride (3 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred overnight, diluted with methanol (10 mL), stirred for 30 minutes, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL), and the solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3 x 50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 9.6 g of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)-2- methylpropanamide as a brown solid. Part B
A solution of iV-(4-chloroqumolm-3-yl)-2-methylpropanamide (6.0 g, 24 mmol), 0-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.5 g, 0.030 mol), and ethanol (75 mL) was heated at reflux for five hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL), and the solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (2 x 50 mL) dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 4.9 g of 2-isopropyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline as a dark oil. Part C
The method described in Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 2-isopropyl-l- methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (4.9 g, 0.020 mol) with the modification that the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight and then stirred with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (100 mL of 15% w/w) for 15 minutes. Part D
Trichloroacetyl isocyanate (3.3 mL, 28 mmol) was added to a solution of 2- isopropyl-l-methoxy-5-oxido-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (4.7 g, 118 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred three hours at room temperature. Methanol (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (25 mL), and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of a 4.5 N solution in methanol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for three days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was stirred with dichloromethane (25 niL). A solid was present and was collected by filtration, recrystallized from methanol/water, and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 0.878 g of 2-isopropyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as tan needles, mp 217-219 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 257 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C14H16N4O0.33 H2O: C, 64.13; H, 6.40; N, 21.37. Found: C, 63.82; H, 6.47; N, 21.63.
Example 26 l-Isopropoxy-2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000104_0001
Part A
The method of Part B of Example 25 was followed using iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)-2-methylpropanamide (3.6 g, 14.5 mmol), O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.8 g, 16 mmol) in lieu of O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride, and ethanol (60 niL). l-Isopropoxy-2-isopropyl-lH-irnidazo[4,5-c]quinolme (2.2 g) was obtained as a dark oil.
Part B
The method described in Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 1-isopropoxy-
2-isopropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.2 g, 8.2 mmol) with the modification that aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (35 mL of 15% w/w) was used in lieu of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate during the work-up procedure.
Part C
The method described in Part D of Example 25 was used to aminate 1-isopropoxy-
2-isopropyl-5-oxido-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (1.62 g, 5.7 mmol) with the modification that the reaction with sodium methoxide was stirred overnight at room temperature, and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was recrystallized three times from toluene/hexane and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 0.428 g of l-isopropoxy-2- isopropyl-li7-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white crystals, mp 177-179 0C.
MS (APCI) m/z 285 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C16H2oN400.24 H2O: C, 66.58; H, 7.15; N, 19.41. Found: C5 66.54; H, 7.23; N, 19.46.
Example 27 2-Butyl- 1 -methoxy- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000105_0001
Part A .
A solution of valeryl chloride (13.3 mL, 112 mmol) in dichloromethane (35 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (10.0 g, 56 mmol) and triethylamine (2.1 mL, 15 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature and then stirred for one hour with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (150 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from toluene/hexane to provide 11.1 g of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yi)pentanamide as a light brown solid. Part B
The method described in Part B of Example 25 was used with the modification that the reaction was heated at reflux overnight. 2-Butyl-l -methoxy- lH-imidazo [4,5- c]quinoline (3.2 g) was obtained as a dark oil. Part C
The methods described in Parts C and D of Example 20 were used to oxidize and aminate 2-butyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.2 g, 12.5 mmol) with the following modifications. The oxidation reaction was stirred for two hours at room temperature. The reaction with trichloroacetyl isocyanate (2.2 mL, 19 mmol) was carried out at room temperature overnight, and the reaction sodium methoxide was stirred overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with methanol (5 mL) to form a solid, which was collected by filtration and recrystallized from methanol/water and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 0.946 g of 2- butyl-l-methoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as golden crystals, mp 197-199 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 271 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C15H18N4O: C, 66.64; H, 6.71; N, 20.72. Found: C, 66.52; H, 6.47; N, 20.86.
Example 28 2-Butyl- 1 -isopropoxy- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000106_0001
Part A
The method of Part B of Example 25 was followed using O- isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.4 g, 21 mmol) in lieu of O- methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride to treat N-(4-chloroquinorin-3-yl)pentanamide (4.5 g, 17 mmol) with the modification that the reaction was heated at reflux overnight. 2-Butyl- l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.5 g) was obtained as a dark oil. Part B
The method of Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.5 g, 12 mmol) with the modification that aqueous sodium hydroxide (35 mL of 15% w/w) was used in lieu of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate during the work-up procedure. Part C
The method of Part D of Example 20 was used to aminate the material from Part B with the following modifications. The reaction with trichloroacetyl isocyanate (2.2 mL, 19 mmol) was carried out at room temperature overnight. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was incomplete, and additional trichloroacetyl isocyanate (2.2 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for three hours at room temperature, and then subjected to the reaction with sodium methoxide and stirred overnight. Chromatographic separation was carried out immediately after the sodium methoxide reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL) and treated with excess 1 N hydrogen chloride in diethyl ether. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was stirred with dichloromethane. The resulting solid was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and stirred with excess 0.5 N potassium hydroxide in methanol for two hours. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water, recrystallized three times from methanol/water, and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0C to provide 0.498 g of 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy-l/J- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as off-white crystals, mp 118-119 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 299 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C17H22N4O0.08 H2O: C, 68.09; H, 7.45; N, 18.68. Found: C, 67.75; H, 7.58; N, 18.64.
Example 29
2-Methyl-l-[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]-lH'-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000107_0001
Part A
A mixture of benzohydroxamic acid (3.2 g, 23 mmol), aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.85 mL of 50% w/w, 23 mmol), and water (10 mL) was stirred and warmed. Ethanol (25 mL) was added, and the resulting solution was allowed to cool somewhat before the addition of 2-nitrobenzyl bromide (5.0 g, 23 mmol) and additional ethanol (approximately 50 mL). The solution was then heated at reflux for two hours and concentrated under reduced pressure. Dichloromethane (100 mL) and water (25 mL) were added to the residue. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil (4.0 g) was dissolved in ethanol (25 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (5 mL), and the solution was heated at reflux for one hour. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting white semi-solid was stirred with diethyl ether (50 mL) and water (35 mL) for 15 minutes. The aqueous fraction was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 1.6 g of O-(2- nitrobenzyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride. Part B A solution of 3-amino-4-chloroquinoline (20.0 g, 112 rnmol) in dichloromethane
(125 mL) was cooled to 0 °C. Triethylamine (47.0 mL, 0.336 mol) was added followed by a solution of acetyl chloride (16.0 mL, 0.224 mol) in dichloromethane (45 mL), which was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and additional acetyl chloride (4 mL, 56 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for four hours at room temperature.
Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for three days. The organic layer was separated and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2 x 50 mL), dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yi)acetamide as a dark red solid. Part C
The method of Part B of Example 20 was followed using N-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)acetamide (10.6 g, 48.0 mmol) in lieu of 4-chloroquinolin-3-ylformamide and O-(2- nitrobenzyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride (10.8 g, 52.8 mmol) in lieu of O- ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in isopropanol (120 mL). Chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent to provide 7.6 g of 2-methyl-l- [(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline. Part D The method of Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 2-methyl-l-[(2- nitrobenzyl)oxy]-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.0 g, 6.0 mmol) with the following modifications. Aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mL of 50% w/w) was added to the saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (35 mL) used during the work-up procedure, and methanol was added to the dichloromethane extractions to provide a homogeneous solution. Part E
The method of Part D of Example 20 was used to aminate the material from Part D using the following modifications. The reaction with trichloroacetyl isocyante was stirred for four days. After the reaction with sodium methoxide, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was stirred with methanol (15 mL), collected by filtration, and recrystallized from methanol/water (75 mL). A second recrystallization was carried out after hot filtration of the product in methanol (150 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to 50 mL, and water (5 mL) was added. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 0.370 g of 2- methyl-l-[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-4-amine as yellow crystals, mp 215-217 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 350 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C18H15N5O3: C, 61.89; H, 4.33; N, 20.05. Found: C, 61.61; H, 4.08; N, 19.93.
Example 30 l-tert-Butoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000109_0001
Part A
The method of Part B of Example 25 was followed using O-(tert- butyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.O g, 16 mmol) in lieu of O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride to treat 7V-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)acetamide (3.2 g, 14.5 mmol) with the modification that the reaction was heated at reflux for three hours. Following the work-up procedure, the resulting blue oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 5 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 1.92 g of l-fert-butoxy-2-methyl-li7-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline as a blue oil. Part B The method described in Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 1-tert-butoxy-
2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]qumoline (1.67 g, 6.54 mmol) with the modification that the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes and then stirred with dichloromethane (25 mL) and aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (10 mL of 15% w/w) for 15 minutes. Part C
Trichloroacetyl isocyanate (1.2 niL, 0.010 mol) was added to a solution of the material from Part B in dichloromethane (75 mL), and the reaction was stirred 45 minutes at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was incomplete, and addition trichloroacetyl isocyanate (0.50 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for one hour, and methanol (20 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (25 mL), and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of a 4.5 N solution in methanol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and a solid was present. The mixture was cooled for one hour at 0 °C, and the solid was collected by filtration, recrystallized from methanol/water, and dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C to provide 0.560 g of 1- tert-butoxy-2-methyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-4-amine as white crystals, mp 255-257 °C.
MS (APCI) m/z 111 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C15H18N4O: C, 66.64; H, 6.71; N, 20.72. Found: C, 66.46; H, 6.64; N, 20.94.
Example 31 2-Methyl-l-(2-phenoxyethoxy)-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000110_0001
Part A
The method of Part B of Example 25 was used to treat iV-(4-chloroqumom>3- yl)acetamide (2.9 g, 13 mmol) with O-(2-phenoxyethyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.5 g, 13 mmol) in lieu of O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride with the modification that the reaction was heated at reflux overnight. 2-Methyl-l-(2-phenoxyethoxy)-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.7 g) was obtained as a dark oil. Part B
The method of Part C of Example 20 was used to oxidize 2-methyl-l-(2- phenoxyethoxy)-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.7 g, 8.5 mmol) with the modification that aqueous sodium hydroxide (35 mL of 15% w/w) was used in lieu of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate during the work-up procedure. Part C
The method of Part D of Example 20 was used to aminate 2-methyl-l-(2- phenoxyethoxy)-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (2.6 g, 7.8 mmol) using the following modifications. The reaction with sodium methoxide was stirred overnight at room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatographic purification was carried out, and the resulting yellow solid (1.7 g) was recrystallized twice from hot toluene (50 mL), methanol (25 mL), and water (4 mL). The crystals were dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 0C to provide 1.11 g of 2-methyl-l-(2-phenoxyethoxy)-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine as a light tan solid, mp 237-239 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 335 (M + H+);
Anal, calcd for C19H18N4(VO-IO H2O: C, 67.88; H, 5.46; N, 16.66. Found: C, 67.52; H, 5.34; N, 16.51.
Example 32 l-Phenoxy-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000111_0001
Part A
The method of Part B of Example 20 was followed using iV-(4-chloroquinolin-3- yl)butyramide (3.5 g, 14 mmol) in lieu of 4-chloroquinolin-3-ylformamide and O- phenylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.3 g, 16 mmol) in lieu of O-ethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride in isopropanol (100 mL). Chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent to provide 1.58 g of l-phenoxy-2-propyl-li7-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline as a brown, foamy solid. Part B
The method described in Part C of Example 18 was used to oxidize and animate 1- phenoxy-2-propyl-li/-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (1.58 g, 5.21 mmol) with the modification that chromatographic purification was carried out eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent. Without further purification, l-phenoxy-2-propyl-liϊ-imidazo[4,5-c]qumolm-4-amme was obtained. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C19H18N4O + H+: 319.1559, found 319.1563.
Example 33
2- [(4- Amino-2-propyl- 1 H"-imidazo [4,5 -c] quinolin- 1 -yl)oxy] acetamide
Figure imgf000112_0001
Part A
A solution of N-(4-chloroquinolin-3-yl)butyramide (20.0 g, 80.4 mmol) and O- benzylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (16.0 g, 0.100 mol) in ethanol (150 mL) was heated at reflux overnight and allowed to cool to room temperature. A precipitate was present, and the mixture was cooled to approximately 0 °C. The precipitate was collected by filtration and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 3 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide l-(benzyloxy)-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline and 2-propyl-lH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-ol. Part B
A solution of 2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-ol (2.0 g, 8.8 mmol), bromoacetamide (1.9 g, 14 mmol), and triethylamine (2.8 mL, 0.020 mol) in TΗF (100 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and dichloromethane (75 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) were added to the residue. The resulting mixture was filtered to provide 2.1 g of 2-[(2-propyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl)oxy]acetamide as a solid. The organic layer was separated, and methanol was added until all solids were dissolved. The solution was then dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an additional 0.13 g of material. Part C A solution of 2-[(2-ρropyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl)oxy]acetamide (2.7 g,
9.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 0C, and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (3.2 g of approximately 77% pure material, 14 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C and for one hour at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated that no reaction had occurred; the starting material was very insoluble. THF (40 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 23 hours. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and dichloromethane (500 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred for seven hours, was allowed to stand for three days, and then was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2-[(5-oxido-2-propyl-lH"-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl)oxy]acetamide. Part D
A suspension of the material from Part C in dichloromethane (100 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 °C. With stirring, concentrated ammonium hydroxide (35 mL) was added, and then a solution of benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.1 mL, 17 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added dropwise. When the addition was complete, the reaction was stirred for three hours at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was filtered to provide a tan solid. The solid was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), recrystallized three times from methanol/water, dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 70 °C, and recrystallized again from methanol/water to provide 2-[(4-amino-2-propyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl)oxy]acetamide as tan needles, mp 192-194 °C. MS (APCI) m/z 300 (M + H+); Anal, calcd for C15H17N5O2: C5 60.19; H, 5.72; N, 23.40. Found: C, 59.99; H, 5.46; N, 23.33. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C15H17N5O2 + H+: 300.1461, found 300.1455. Example 34 2-Butyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-iniidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine
Figure imgf000114_0001
Part A 3-Nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol (40 g, 0.2 mol) was dissolved in water (80 mL) and triethylamine (60 mL), and the solution was added to a Parr vessel. Platinum on carbon (1.0 g of 5%) was added, and the mixture was shaken under hydrogen pressure (40 psi, 2.8 x 105 Pa) overnight. The vessel was pressurized again, and the mixture was shaken under hydrogen pressure for four hours. The vessel was purged with nitrogen, and the reaction mixture was filtered through a layer of CELITE filter agent. The filter cake was washed with water and methanol, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a volume of 150 mL. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration to provide 24.6 g of 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol as a yellow solid. The filter cake was washed again with water (500 mL at 80 0C), and the filtrate was concentrated to a volume of 100 mL. A precipitate formed and was isolated by filtration to provide an additional 10.7 g of 3- amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol as a yellow solid. Part B
A solution of valeryl chloride (4.4 mL, 37 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 3-amino[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol (5.0 g, 31 mmol) and triethylamine (6.6 mL, 47 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL), and the reaction was stirred for three days at room temperature. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the reaction was complete after 1.5 hours. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was stirred with water (100 mL) for 15 minutes. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration and washed with water (100 mL) and diethyl ether (4 x 50 mL) to provide 5.35 g of iV-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl)pentanamide. Part C
A mixture ofiV-(4-hydroxy[l,5]naphthyridin-3-yl)pentanamide (2.5 g, 11 mmol), iV-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (4.6 g, 13 mmol), and triethylamine (2.2 mL, 16 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was stirred at room temperature for one hour, heated at 75 0C for one hour, and stirred at room temperature for three days. An analysis by LC/MS indicated the presence of starting material, and the reaction was heated at 75 0C overnight and allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was poured onto ice (200 g) and stirred for one hour. A solid was present and was collected by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2.7 g of 3-
(pentanoylamino)[l,5]naphthyridin-4-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate as a brown oil. Part D
A solution of 3-(pentanoylamino)[l,5]naphthyridin-4-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (2.7 g, 7.2 mmol), O-isopropylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.1 g, 9.9 mmol), and isopropanol (50 mL) was heated at reflux for six hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, stirred overnight, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was stirred with dichloromethane (100 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL) for 15 minutes. The organic layer was separated and dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (2.3 g) was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 5% methanol in dichloromethane containing 2 mL of aqueous ammonium hydroxide per liter of eluent) to provide 0.40 g of 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy-lHr-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine as an oil. Part E
A solution of 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy-lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine (0.40 g, 1.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was cooled to approximately 0 0C, and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.42 g of approximately 77% pure material, 1.9 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for ten minutes at 0 0C, stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature, and then stirred with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) for 15 minutes. The organic layer was separated and dried over potassium carbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.42 g of 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy-5- oxido-lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine as a yellow oil. Part F
Trichloroacetyl isocyanate (0.21 mL, 1.8 mmol) was added to a chilled (ice bath) solution of the N-oxide from Part E in dichloromethane (20 mL). After 15 minutes the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 1 hour methanol (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was combined with methanol (10 mL) and sodium methoxide (0.5 mL of 25% in methanol). The reaction mixture was stirred over night and then concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 2-butyl-l-isopropoxy- lH-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C16H21N5O + H+: 300.1824, found 300.1824
Exemplary Compounds
Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (LII, LIII, LIV, LV, LVI, or LVII) and the following R1 and R2 substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula LII, LIII, LIV, LV, LVI, or LVII to represent a specific compound.
Figure imgf000116_0001
LΠ Lm LIV
Figure imgf000116_0002
LV LVI LVΠ
Figure imgf000116_0003
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Compounds of the invention have been found to modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inducing the production of interferon α and/or tumor necrosis factor α in human cells when tested using the method described below.
CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS
An in vitro human blood cell system is used to assess cytokine induction. Activity is based on the measurement of interferon (α) and tumor necrosis factor (α) (IFN-α and TNF-α, respectively) secreted into culture media as described by Testerman et al. in "Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609," Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 58, 365-372 (September, 1995).
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Whole blood from healthy human donors is collected by venipuncture into vacutainer tubes or syringes containing EDTA. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are separated from whole blood by density gradient centrifugation using HISTOPAQUE- 1077 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) or Ficoll-Paque Plus (Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ). Blood is diluted 1:1 with Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) or Hank's Balanced Salts Solution (HBSS). Alternately, whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium. The PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re-suspended at 4 x 106 cells/mL in RPMI complete. The PBMC suspension is added to 96 well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates containing an equal volume of RPMI complete media containing test compound.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. The compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30-0.014 μM. Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with reference compound. Incubation
The solution of test compound is added at 60 μM to the first well containing RPMI complete and serial 3 fold dilutions are made in the wells. The PBMC suspension is then added to the wells in an equal volume, bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30-0.014 μM). The final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2 x 106 cells/mL. The plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 hours to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
Separation Following incubation the plates are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm
(approximately 200 x g) at 40C. The cell-free culture supernatant is removed and transferred to sterile polypropylene tubes. Samples are maintained at -30°C to -70°C until analysis. The samples are analyzed for IFN-α by ELISA and for TNF-α by
IGEN/BioVeris Assay.
Interferon (α) and Tumor Necrosis Factor (α) Analysis
IFN-α concentration is determined with a human multi-subtype colorimetric sandwich ELISA (Catalog Number 41105) from PBL Biomedical Laboratories,
Piscataway, NJ. Results are expressed in pg/mL. The TNF-α concentration is determined by ORIGEN M-Series Immunoassay and read on an IGEN M- 8 analyzer from BioVeris Corporation, formerly known as IGEN
International, Gaithersburg, MD. The immunoassay uses a human TNF-α capture and detection antibody pair (Catalog Numbers AHC3419 and AHC3712) from Biosource
International, Camarillo, CA. Results are expressed in pg/mL.
Assay Data and Analysis
In total, the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF-α and
IFN-α (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
Analysis of the data has two steps. First, the greater of the mean DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α) is subtracted from each reading. If any negative values result from background subtraction, the reading is reported as " * ", and is noted as not reliably detectable. In subsequent calculations and statistics, " * ", is treated as a zero. Second, all background subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment to experiment variability. The adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on the past 61 experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl~6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α- dimethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from the past 61 experiments.
The minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound. The minimum effective concentration (μmolar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α). The maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS
(High Throughput Screen) The CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS test method described above was modified as follows for high throughput screening.
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Whole blood from healthy human donors is collected by venipuncture into vacutainer tubes or syringes containing EDTA. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are separated from whole blood by density gradient centrifugation using HISTOPAQUE- 1077 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) or Ficoll-Paque Plus (Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ). Whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium. The PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re- suspended at 4 x 106 cells/mL in RPMI complete (2-fold the final cell density). The PBMC suspension is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates. Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30 - 0.014 μM. Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with a reference compound 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymemyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) on each plate. The solution of test compound is added at 7.5 mM to the first well of a dosing plate and serial 3 fold dilutions are made for the 7 subsequent concentrations in DMSO. RPMI Complete media is then added to the test compound dilutions in order to reach a final compound concentration of 2-fold higher (60 - 0.028 μM) than the final tested concentration range.
Incubation Compound solution is then added to the wells containing the PBMC suspension bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30 μM - 0.014 μM) and the DMSO concentration to 0.4%. The final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2x106 cells/mL. The plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
Separation
Following incubation the plates are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm (approximately 200 g) at 40C. 4-plex Human Panel MSD MULTI-SPOT 96-well plates are pre-coated with the appropriate capture antibodies by MesoScale Discovery, Inc. (MSD, Gaithersburg, MD). The cell-free culture supernatants are removed and transferred to the MSD plates. Fresh samples are typically tested, although they may be maintained at -30°C to -70°C until analysis.
Interferon-α and Tumor Necrosis Factor-α Analysis MSD MULTI-SPOT plates contain within each well capture antibodies for human
TNF-α and human IFN-α that have been pre-coated on specific spots. Each well contains four spots: one human TNF-α capture antibody (MSD) spot, one human IFN- α capture antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories, Piscataway, NJ) spot, and two inactive bovine serum albumin spots. The human TNF-α capture and detection antibody pair is from MesoScale Discovery. The human IFN-α multi-subtype antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories) captures all IFN-α subtypes except IFN-α F (IFNA21). Standards consist of recombinant human TNF-α (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and IFN-α (PBL Biomedical Laboratories). Samples and separate standards are added at the time of analysis to each MSD plate. Two human IFN-α detection antibodies (Cat. Nos. 21112 & 21100, PBL) are used in a two to one ratio (weight: weight) to each other to determine the IFN-α concentrations. The cytokine-specific detection antibodies are labeled with the SULFO-TAG reagent (MSD). After adding the SULFO-TAG labeled detection antibodies to the wells, each well's electrochemoluminescent levels are read using MSD's SECTOR HTS READER. Results are expressed in pg/mL upon calculation with known cytokine standards.
Assay Data and Analysis
In total, the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF-α or IFN-α (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
A plate-wise scaling is performed within a given experiment aimed at reducing plate-to-plate variability associated within the same experiment. First, the greater of the median DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α) is subtracted from each reading. Negative values that may result from background subtraction are set to zero. Each plate within a given experiment has a reference compound that serves as a control. This control is used to calculate a median expected area under the curve across all plates in the assay. A plate- wise scaling factor is calculated for each plate as a ratio of the area of the reference compound on the particular plate to the median expected area for the entire experiment. The data from each plate are then multiplied by the plate-wise scaling factor for all plates. Only data from plates bearing a scaling factor of between 0.5 and 2.0 (for both cytokines IFN-α, TNF-α) are reported. Data from plates with scaling factors outside the above- mentioned interval are retested until they bear scaling factors inside the above mentioned interval. The above method produces a scaling of the y- values without altering the shape of the curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl-l/i'-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolm-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91). The median expected area is the median area across all plates that are part of a given experiment.
A second scaling may also be performed to reduce inter-experiment variability (across multiple experiments). All background-subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment-to-experiment variability. The adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on an average of previous experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4- amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl-lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l- yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from an average of previous experiments.
The minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound. The minimum effective concentration (μmolar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α). The maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
Certain compounds of the invention may modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor α (TNF-α) when tested using the method described below.
TNF-α INHIBITION IN MOUSE CELLS
The mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 is used to assess the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) production upon stimulation by lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
Single Concentration Assay:
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 3 x 105 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % fetal bovine serum (FBS). Cell suspension (100 μL) is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, NJ). The final concentration of cells is 3 x 104 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 5μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurimn, Sigma- Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC70 concentration as measured by a dose response assay.
Incubation
A solution of test compound (lμl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (1 μL, EC70 concentration - 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 0C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
TNF-α Analysis
Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- α kit (from Bio source International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.
Dose Response Assay: Blood Cell Preparation for Culture Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 4 x 105 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % FBS. Cell suspension (250 μL) is added to 48-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Costar, Cambridge, MA). The final concentration of cells is 1 x 105 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration hould not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 5 and 10 μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC70 concentration as measured by dose response assay.
Incubation
A solution of test compound (200 μl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (200 μL, EC7O concentration approximately 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 0C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
TNF-α Analysis Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- α kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.
The complete disclosures of the patents, patent documents, and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each were individually incorporated. Various modifications and alterations to this invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of this invention. It should be understood that this invention is not intended to be unduly limited by the illustrative embodiments and examples set forth herein and that such examples and embodiments are presented by way of example only with the scope of the invention intended to be limited only by the claims set forth herein as follows.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A compound of the following Formula I:
Figure imgf000133_0001
I wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X'^CCR?)^^)^,
-X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(R6)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rn)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
Figure imgf000134_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^- (CH2)a^ —
Figure imgf000134_0002
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; X is C2-20 alkylene;
X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(Ry)-N(R9)S a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when
A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent; and
R'" is a non-interfering substituent; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound of the following Formula II:
Figure imgf000135_0001
II wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-R4,
-X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(RT)-N(Re)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(R6)2, -C(R7)-N(R6)2,
-S(O)2-N(Re)2, -N(Re)-C(Ry)-Ci-I0 alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl,
-N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl,
-C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-aryl, -0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl,
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R12)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group, or substituted by one R3 group and two R groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z'-RV,
-Z1OC-R4 1, -Z'-X'-Y'-RV, and -Z'-X'-Rs1;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, ήitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
Figure imgf000138_0001
X is C2-2O alkylene;
X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(RT)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and
-N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5' is selected from the group consisting of:
-N IN- -N IN- S 0(VO*-* C W(VR V7J/
Figure imgf000138_0002
Figure imgf000138_0003
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-,
-C(Ry)-O-, -0-C(R7)-,
-0-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rn)-Q-,
-C(RT)-N(RH)-,
-0-C(RT)-N(RH)-,
Figure imgf000139_0001
-N-C(R7J-N-W-
Figure imgf000139_0002
Z' is a bond or -0-;
A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -0-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4')-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-, -C(RT)-N(RH)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-O-, and -C(R7)-N(OR12)-;
V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2J8^ —
Figure imgf000140_0001
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-1O alkyl, C2-Io alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxyC2-1o alkylenyl, and arylQ-io alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. A compound of the following Formula III:
Figure imgf000140_0002
III wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-R4, -X-R5, -X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(R7)-N(El6)-R4,
-X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, -N(Rs)2,
-C(R7)-N(R6)2, -S(O)2-N(Re)2, -N(R6)-C(R7)-Ci.io alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-Ci-10 alkyl,
-C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,
-C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -O-C(R7)-C1-10 alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl, -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl;
RA1 and RB1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
- (CH '22)A,a -
— N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2
CH2)b ^y R8 C 0 / and
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
—
Figure imgf000143_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-2O alkylene; X" is C1-20 alkylene; Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O~, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o-2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. A compound of the following Formula IV:
Figure imgf000143_0002
rv wherein:
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5, -X-N(Re)-Y-R4,
-X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4, -X-O-C(RT)-N(Re)-R4,
-X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen, . -N(R6)2, -C(RT)-N(R6)Z, -S(O)2-N(Re)2,
-N(R6)-C(Rτ)-Ci.io alkyl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-C1-10 alkyl, -C(O)-O-C1-10 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl,
-N(R6)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(R6)-S(O)2-aryl, -0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl,
-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
Figure imgf000145_0001
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z'-RV,
-ZVXVR4 1,
-Z'-X'-Y'-RV, and -ZVXVR5'; n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1, with the proviso that when m is 1, n is 0, 1, or 2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: (CH '22)^a -
— N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2
(CH2)b ^ ^ R8 / and , V R8
X is C2-20 alkylene;
X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(R7)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(0)o-2-;
A is selected from the group consisting of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-N IN-
Figure imgf000146_0001
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-, -C(Ry)-O-,
-0-C(R7)-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(Rn)-Q-, -CCRv)-N(Rn)-, -0-C(RT)-N(RH)-,
-C(RV)-N(ORI2)-,
Figure imgf000147_0001
-N-C(R7) -N -W-
R«
— N— RR— N-Q-
RE
Figure imgf000147_0002
Z' is a bond or -0-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -0-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4 1)-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(R7)-N(Rπ)-W-, -S(O)2-N(Rn)-, -C(Rv)-O-, and -C(Rv)-N(ORi2)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A' is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2)a^ —
Figure imgf000148_0001
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, C1-Io alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylQ.io alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. A compound of the following Formula VI:
Figure imgf000148_0002
VI wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-R4,
-X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4,
Figure imgf000148_0003
-X-O-C(R7)^(Re)-R4,
-X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, alkyl-Z-alkylenyl, aryl-Z-alkylenyl, alkenyl-Z-alkylenyl, and alkyl or alkenyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, halogen,
-N(Re)2,
Figure imgf000149_0001
-S(O)2-N(Re)2, -N(Re)-C(Ry)-Ci-I0 alkyl, -N(Rg)-S(O)2-C1-10 alkyl,
-C(O)-Ci-I0 alkyl, -C(O)-O-CI-J0 alkyl, -N3, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, -C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -N(Re)-C(R7)-aryl, -N(Re)-S(O)2-aiyl,
-0-C(R7)-Ci-io alkyl, -O-C(R7)-aryl, -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-C1-10 alkyl, and -O-C(R7)-N(R6)-aryl; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(RiZ)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-RV,
-Z'-X'-RV, ; -Z'-X'-Y'-RV, and
-Z'-X'-Rs'; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1, with the proviso that when m is 1, p is 0, 1,> or 2; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded; R5 is selected from the group consisting of: ^ (CH2)a^ — N A -N- C(R7) -N- S(O)2
V (CH9). y ^ R ^ j R8^ v 2/b , K8 , and 8 ;
X is C2-2O alkylene;
X" is C1-20 alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(Rv)-N(R9)-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -S(O)0-2-;
A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when A is -0-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R4' is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyleneoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyleneoxy, heterocyclyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5' is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000151_0001
X' is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene, or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y1 is selected from the group consisting of: -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(R7)-, -C(RT)-O-,
-0-C(R7)-, -0-C(O)-O-, -N(Rn)-Q-, -C(RT)-N(RH)-, -0-C(RT)-N(RH)-,
-C(RT)-N(OR12)-,
-
Figure imgf000152_0001
— N-C(R7)-N-W- ^ R8 "
—N— R8-N-Q
RR
Figure imgf000152_0002
Z' is a bond or -0-;
A' is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -0-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -N(R4 1)-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-C(R7)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(RT)-N(RH)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R11)-, -C(RT)-O-, and -C(R7)-N(OR12)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R7)-, -0-C(R7)-, -N(Rn)-C(R7)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; c and d are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that c + d is < 7, and when A1 is -O- or -N(R4')- then c and d are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
^ (CH2J8^ —
Figure imgf000153_0001
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, C1-10 alkoxyC2-10 alkylenyl, and arylC1-10 alkylenyl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. A prodrug of the Formula (XIV):
Figure imgf000153_0002
xrv wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of:
-C(O)-R', α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R',
-C(0)-N(R"")-R', -C(=NY2)-Rf, -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY2, -CH(OC1-4 alkyl)Y0, -CH2Y1, and -CH(CH3)Y1; wherein:
R1 and R"" are each independently C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkyl, haloC1-4 alkoxy, -0-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -0-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2; α-aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids; Y2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and benzyl;
Y0 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkyl, aminoC1-4 alkyl, mono-N-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl, and di-N, N-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkyl;
Y1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C1-6 alkylamino, di-N.N-Ci-β alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin- 1 -yl .
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -R4, -X-R5,
-X-N(Re)-Y-R4, -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4,
-X-O-C(R7)-N(R6)-R4, -X-S(O)2-N(Re)-R4, and -X-O-R4;
RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(RiZ)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused benzene or pyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R'" groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene or tetrahydropyridine ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Ru)2;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl)amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
-
Figure imgf000155_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R8 is C2-7 alkylene;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, and arylalkylenyl; or R9 and R4 together with the nitrogen atom to which R9 is bonded can join to form the group
—
Figure imgf000156_0001
R12 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH(R6)-, -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, and -N(X-N(Re)-Y-R4)-;
X is C2-20 alkylene; X" is C1-2O alkylene;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(R7)-, -C(R7)-O-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R6)-, and -C(RT)-N(R9)-; a and b are independently integers from 1 to 4 with the proviso that when
A is -O-, -N(R6)-, -N(Y-R4)-, or -N(X-N(R6)^-R4)- then a and b are independently integers from 2 to 4;
R" hydrogen or a non-interfering substituent; and
R"' is a non-interfering substituent;or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The compound or salt of claim 4 wherein n is 0.
8. The compound or salt of claim 5 wherein p is 0.
9. The compound or salt of claim 3 wherein RAI and RB1 are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
10. The compound or salt of claim 9 wherein RA1 and RB1 are each methyl.
11. The compound or salt of any one of claims 4, 5, 7, and 8 wherein m is 0.
12. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 , 2 or 6 wherein RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rn)2.
13. The compound or salt of claim 12 wherein RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
14. The compound or salt of claim 13 wherein RA and RB are each methyl.
15. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 , 2, or 6 wherein RA and RB form a fused benzene ring.
16. The. compound or salt of claim 15 wherein the fused benzene ring is unsubstituted.
17. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 , 2, or 6 wherein RA and RB form a fused pyridine ring.
18. The compound or salt of claim 17 wherein the fused pyridine ring is
Figure imgf000157_0001
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
19. The compound or salt of claim 17 or claim 18 wherein the fused pyridine ring is unsubstituted.
20. The compound or salt of any of claims 2 through 5, 7 through 11, and claims 12 through 19 as dependent on claim 2, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkylenyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkylenyl, and aryl.
21. The compound or salt of any of claims 2 through 5, 7 through 11, and claims 12 through 19 as dependent on claim 2, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkylenyl.
22. The compound or salt of claim 20 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, isopropyl, isopropenyl, «-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-bυtyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxy-l-methylethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, and phenyl.
23. The compound or salt of claim 22 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, and 3-hydroxypropyl.
24. The compound or salt of claim 22 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, ethoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, and phenyl.
25. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 24 wherein R1 is -R4, -X-N(Re)-Y-R4, or -X"-C(R.7yT<i(R^-ΕU-
26. The compound or salt of claim 25 wherein R1 is -R4.
27. The compound or salt of claim 26 wherein -R4 is alkyl, aryl, or arylalkylenyl.
28. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 26 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, halogen, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, cyano, carboxy, formyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkylenyl, amino, alkylamino, (arylalkylenyl) amino, dialkylamino, and in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo, with the proviso that when R4 is a substituted alkyl group and the substituent contains a hetero atom which bonds directly to the alkyl group then the alkyl group contains at least two carbons between the substituent and the oxygen atom to which R1 is bonded.
29. The compound or salt of claim 27 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, « -butyl, tert-bvάyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, and (pyridin-3-yl)methyl.
30. The compound or salt of claim 29 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl, phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and (pyridin-3-yl)methyl.
31. The compound or salt of claim 29 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, and
2-phenoxyethyl.
32. The compound or salt of claim 25 wherein R1 is -X-N(RO)-Y-R4 or -X"-C(R7)-N(R9)-R4.
33. The compound or salt of claim 32 wherein R1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl, 3-(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(morpholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}propyl, 2-(morpholin-4-yi)-2-oxoethyl, or carbamoylmethyl.
34. The compound or salt of claim 32 wherein R1 is 3-[(methanesulfonyl)amino]propyl, 3-(acetylamino)propyl, 3-[(isopropylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(cyclohexylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-[(moφholin-4-ylcarbonyl)amino]propyl, 3-{[(isopropylamino)carbonyl]amino}propyl, or 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl.
35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 34 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
36. A method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 34 or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 35 to the animal.
37. A method of treating a viral disease in an animal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 34 or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 35 to the animal.,
38. A method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 34 or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 35 to the animal.
PCT/US2005/031310 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods WO2006028962A2 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007530396A JP5209312B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1H-imidazo ring systems and methods
AT05794068T ATE555786T1 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-ALKOXY 1H-IMIDAZO RING SYSTEMS AND METHODS
US11/574,463 US7579359B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1H-imidazo ring systems and methods
EP05794068A EP1789042B1 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods
AU2005282726A AU2005282726B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1H-imidazo ring systems and methods
CA2578741A CA2578741C (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods
PL05794068T PL1789042T3 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods
ES05794068T ES2384390T3 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy-1H-imidazo cyclic systems and associated methods

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US60662904P 2004-09-02 2004-09-02
US60/606,629 2004-09-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006028962A2 true WO2006028962A2 (en) 2006-03-16
WO2006028962A3 WO2006028962A3 (en) 2006-10-26

Family

ID=36036867

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/031310 WO2006028962A2 (en) 2004-09-02 2005-09-01 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US7579359B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1789042B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5209312B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE555786T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005282726B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2578741C (en)
ES (1) ES2384390T3 (en)
PL (1) PL1789042T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2006028962A2 (en)

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1937683A1 (en) * 2005-09-23 2008-07-02 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. METHOD FOR 1H-IMIDAZOÝ4,5-c¨PYRIDINES AND ANALOGS THEREOF
US7879849B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2011-02-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
US7906506B2 (en) 2006-07-12 2011-03-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US7915281B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and method
US7923429B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2011-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for CD5+ B cell lymphoma
US7943610B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamines and analogs thereof
US7943636B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-C) ring compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for the treatment of viral infections and neoplastic diseases
US7943609B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Proprerties Company Chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds
US7968563B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2011-06-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-10-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
CN103097386A (en) * 2010-08-17 2013-05-08 3M创新有限公司 Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
WO2014107663A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
US8871782B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2014-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US9248127B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2016-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
EP3085373A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-10-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier conjugates
EP3153180A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
US10005772B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
WO2019166946A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Il-15 variants and uses thereof
WO2019224716A2 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for gucy2c and uses thereof
WO2019224715A1 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd3 and uses thereof
US10526309B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2020-01-07 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Pan-TAM inhibitors and Mer/Axl dual inhibitors
WO2020128893A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatments of cancer comprising a tlr agonist
WO2020160054A1 (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-06 Canwell Biotech Limited Imidazoquinoline amine derivatives, pharmaceutical composition, use thereof
WO2021124073A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd47, pd-l1, and uses thereof
WO2022013775A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2022-01-20 Pfizer Inc. Therapeutic antibodies and their uses
US11306083B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazo[4,5-C]quinoline compounds with a branched chain linking group for use as an immune response modifier
US20230270819A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2023-08-31 Nammi Therapeutics, Inc. Formulated and/or Co-Formulated Liposome Compositions Containing Toll--Like Receptor ("TLR") Agonist Prodrugs Useful In The Treatment of Cancer and Methods Thereof
EP4051270A4 (en) * 2019-10-29 2024-02-28 Prime Reach Trading Ltd 4-amino-imidazoquinoline compounds and use thereof

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040265351A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-12-30 Miller Richard L. Methods and compositions for enhancing immune response
US7897597B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2011-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
KR20060120069A (en) 2003-10-03 2006-11-24 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
BRPI0416936A (en) 2003-11-25 2007-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Co substituted imidazo ring systems and methods
US8541438B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2013-09-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazopyridines, and imidazonaphthyridines
AU2006212765B2 (en) 2005-02-09 2012-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkyloxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
EP1877056A2 (en) 2005-02-09 2008-01-16 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted thiazoloý4,5-c¨ring compounds and methods
US8658666B2 (en) * 2005-02-11 2014-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
JP2008543725A (en) 2005-02-23 2008-12-04 コーリー ファーマシューティカル グループ，インコーポレイテッド Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinolines
US8343993B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2013-01-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
US8158794B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2012-04-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinoline compounds and methods
CA2598437A1 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Method of preferentially inducing the biosynthesis of interferon
ZA200803029B (en) * 2005-09-09 2009-02-25 Coley Pharm Group Inc Amide and carbamate derivatives of alkyl substituted /V-[4-(4-amino-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] quinolin-1-yl)butyl] methane-sulfonamides and methods
CA2621831A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Amide and carbamate derivatives of n-{2-[4-amino-2- (ethoxymethyl)-1h-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide and methods
ES2429170T3 (en) 2005-11-04 2013-11-13 3M Innovative Properties Company 1H-Imidazoquinolines substituted with hydroxyl and alkoxy and methods
WO2007106854A2 (en) 2006-03-15 2007-09-20 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Hydroxy and alkoxy substituted 1h-imidazonaphthyridines and methods
WO2008030511A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Coley Pharmaceuticial Group, Inc. Substituted 3,4,6,7-tetrahydro-5h, 1,2a,4a,8-tetraazacyclopenta[cd]phenalenes
EP2717919B1 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-08-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
WO2017040233A1 (en) 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 3M Innovative Properties Company GUANIDINE SUBSTITUTED IMIDAZO[4,5-c] RING COMPOUNDS
WO2017040234A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 3M Innovative Properties Company IMIDAZO[4,5-c] RING COMPOUNDS CONTAINING SUBSTITUTED GUANIDINE GROUPS
AR109629A1 (en) * 2016-09-08 2019-01-09 Medimmune Llc COMPOSITIONS FOR THE LOCAL ADMINISTRATION OF TOLL TYPE RECEIVER AGONISTS
WO2018160552A1 (en) 2017-03-01 2018-09-07 3M Innovative Properties Company IMIDAZO[4,5-c] RING COMPOUNDS CONTAINING GUANIDINE SUBSTITUTED BENZAMIDE GROUPS

Family Cites Families (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3314941A (en) * 1964-06-23 1967-04-18 American Cyanamid Co Novel substituted pyridodiazepins
ZA848968B (en) * 1983-11-18 1986-06-25 Riker Laboratories Inc 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolines and 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolin-4-amines
IL73534A (en) * 1983-11-18 1990-12-23 Riker Laboratories Inc 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinoline-4-amines,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing certain such compounds
US5238944A (en) * 1988-12-15 1993-08-24 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Topical formulations and transdermal delivery systems containing 1-isobutyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
US5756747A (en) * 1989-02-27 1998-05-26 Riker Laboratories, Inc. 1H-imidazo 4,5-c!quinolin-4-amines
US5037986A (en) * 1989-03-23 1991-08-06 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Olefinic 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US4929624A (en) * 1989-03-23 1990-05-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Olefinic 1H-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolin-4-amines
NZ232740A (en) 1989-04-20 1992-06-25 Riker Laboratories Inc Solution for parenteral administration comprising a 1h-imidazo(4,5-c) quinolin-4-amine derivative, an acid and a tonicity adjuster
US4988815A (en) * 1989-10-26 1991-01-29 Riker Laboratories, Inc. 3-Amino or 3-nitro quinoline compounds which are intermediates in preparing 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolines
ATE121088T1 (en) * 1990-10-05 1995-04-15 Minnesota Mining & Mfg METHOD FOR PRODUCING IMIDAZO(4,5- C>QUINOLINE-4-AMINES.
US5175296A (en) * 1991-03-01 1992-12-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and processes for their preparation
US5389640A (en) * 1991-03-01 1995-02-14 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted, 2-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US5268376A (en) * 1991-09-04 1993-12-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US5266575A (en) * 1991-11-06 1993-11-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 2-ethyl 1H-imidazo[4,5-ciquinolin-4-amines
IL105325A (en) * 1992-04-16 1996-11-14 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Immunogen/vaccine adjuvant composition
US5395937A (en) * 1993-01-29 1995-03-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for preparing quinoline amines
US5352784A (en) * 1993-07-15 1994-10-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fused cycloalkylimidazopyridines
JPH09500128A (en) * 1993-07-15 1997-01-07 ミネソタ マイニング アンド マニュファクチャリング カンパニー Imidazo [4,5-c] pyridin-4-amine
US5482936A (en) * 1995-01-12 1996-01-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-C]quinoline amines
JPH09208584A (en) 1996-01-29 1997-08-12 Terumo Corp Amide derivative, pharmaceutical preparation containing the same, and intermediate for synthesizing the same
US5741908A (en) * 1996-06-21 1998-04-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for reparing imidazoquinolinamines
US5693811A (en) * 1996-06-21 1997-12-02 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for preparing tetrahdroimidazoquinolinamines
JP4391592B2 (en) * 1996-10-25 2009-12-24 スリーエム カンパニー Immune response modifying compounds for the treatment of TH2-mediated and related diseases
US5939090A (en) * 1996-12-03 1999-08-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Gel formulations for topical drug delivery
US6069149A (en) * 1997-01-09 2000-05-30 Terumo Kabushiki Kaisha Amide derivatives and intermediates for the synthesis thereof
JPH1180156A (en) 1997-09-04 1999-03-26 Hokuriku Seiyaku Co Ltd 1-(substitutedaryl)alkyl-1h-imidazopyridin-4-amine derivative
UA67760C2 (en) * 1997-12-11 2004-07-15 Міннесота Майнінг Енд Мануфакчурінг Компані Imidazonaphthyridines and use thereof to induce the biosynthesis of cytokines
JPH11222432A (en) 1998-02-03 1999-08-17 Terumo Corp Preparation for external use containing amide derivative inducing interferon
US6110929A (en) * 1998-07-28 2000-08-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxazolo, thiazolo and selenazolo [4,5-c]-quinolin-4-amines and analogs thereof
JP2000119271A (en) 1998-08-12 2000-04-25 Hokuriku Seiyaku Co Ltd 1h-imidazopyridine derivative
CA2348741C (en) * 1998-10-30 2010-04-20 Nitromed Inc. Nitrosasted and nitrosylated nonsteroidal antiinflammatory compounds, comositions and methods of use
US20020058674A1 (en) * 1999-01-08 2002-05-16 Hedenstrom John C. Systems and methods for treating a mucosal surface
CA2361936C (en) * 1999-01-08 2009-06-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations comprising imiquimod or other immune response modifiers for treating mucosal conditions
US6558951B1 (en) * 1999-02-11 2003-05-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Maturation of dendritic cells with immune response modifying compounds
JP2000247884A (en) 1999-03-01 2000-09-12 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Arachidonic acid-induced skin disease-treating agent
US6756382B2 (en) * 1999-06-10 2004-06-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6573273B1 (en) * 1999-06-10 2003-06-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinolines
US6451810B1 (en) * 1999-06-10 2002-09-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6541485B1 (en) * 1999-06-10 2003-04-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinolines
US6331539B1 (en) * 1999-06-10 2001-12-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamide and sulfamide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6376669B1 (en) * 1999-11-05 2002-04-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Dye labeled imidazoquinoline compounds
US6894060B2 (en) 2000-03-30 2005-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for the treatment of dermal lesions caused by envenomation
US20020055517A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2002-05-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods for delaying recurrence of herpes virus symptoms
JP2002145777A (en) 2000-11-06 2002-05-22 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Therapeutic agent for arachidonic acid-induced dermatosis
US6664260B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterocyclic ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6664265B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Amido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6664264B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Thioether substituted imidazoquinolines
UA75622C2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2006-05-15 3M Innovative Properties Co Aryl ether substituted imidazoquinolines, pharmaceutical composition based thereon
US6677348B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6545017B1 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-04-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazopyridines
CA2430206A1 (en) * 2000-12-08 2002-06-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Screening method for identifying compounds that selectively induce interferon alpha
US6545016B1 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-04-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazopyridines
US20020107262A1 (en) * 2000-12-08 2002-08-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazopyridines
US6525064B1 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamido substituted imidazopyridines
US6677347B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6667312B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-12-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Thioether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6660735B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinoline ethers
US6660747B2 (en) * 2000-12-08 2003-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Amido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US20030133913A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2003-07-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods of maturing plasmacytoid dendritic cells using immune response modifier molecules
JP4445262B2 (en) * 2001-10-09 2010-04-07 アムジェン インコーポレイテッド Imidazole derivatives as anti-inflammatory agents
JP2005519990A (en) * 2001-10-12 2005-07-07 ユニバーシティ オブ アイオワ リサーチ ファウンデーション Methods and products for enhancing immune responses using imidazoquinoline compounds
ES2318615T3 (en) * 2001-11-16 2009-05-01 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. N- (4- (4-AMINO-2-ETIL-1H-IMIDAZO (4,5-C) QUINOLIN-1-IL) BUTIL) METHANOSULPHONAMIDE, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS AND USES ITSELF.
WO2004080430A2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods of improving skin quality
DK1450804T3 (en) * 2001-11-29 2009-01-05 3M Innovative Properties Co Pharmaceutical formula rings comprising an immune response modifier
US6677349B1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamide and sulfamide substituted imidazoquinolines
SI1478327T1 (en) * 2002-02-22 2015-08-31 Meda Ab Method of reducing and treating uvb-induced immunosuppression
US20030185835A1 (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-10-02 Braun Ralph P. Adjuvant for vaccines
GB0211649D0 (en) * 2002-05-21 2002-07-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP1511746A2 (en) * 2002-05-29 2005-03-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Process for imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amines
EP1513524A4 (en) * 2002-06-07 2008-09-03 3M Innovative Properties Co Ether substituted imidazopyridines
CA2493227A1 (en) * 2002-07-23 2004-01-29 Biogal Gyogyszergyar Rt. Preparation of 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines via1h-imidazo [4,5-c]quinolin-4-phthalimide intermediates
AU2003254221A1 (en) * 2002-07-26 2004-02-16 Biogal Gyogyszergyar Rt. Preparation of 1h-imidazo (4,5-c) quinolin-4-amines via novel 1h-imidazo (4,5-c) quinolin-4-cyano and 1h-imidazo (4,5-c) quinolin-4-carboxamide intermediates
DE60335010D1 (en) * 2002-08-15 2010-12-30 3M Innovative Properties Co IMMUNOSTIMULATORY COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR STIMULATING AN IMMUNE RESPONSE
US6818650B2 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-11-16 3M Innovative Properties Company 1H-imidazo dimers
WO2004053452A2 (en) * 2002-12-11 2004-06-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Assays relating to toll-like receptor activity
WO2004053057A2 (en) * 2002-12-11 2004-06-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Gene expression systems and recombinant cell lines
AU2003301052A1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-22 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl / hetaryl substituted imidazoquinolines
WO2004060319A2 (en) * 2002-12-30 2004-07-22 3M Innovative Properties Company Immunostimulatory combinations
WO2004071459A2 (en) * 2003-02-13 2004-08-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods and compositions related to irm compounds and toll-like receptor 8
EP1599726A4 (en) * 2003-02-27 2009-07-22 3M Innovative Properties Co Selective modulation of tlr-mediated biological activity
US8110582B2 (en) * 2003-03-04 2012-02-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Prophylactic treatment of UV-induced epidermal neoplasia
TW200505458A (en) * 2003-03-07 2005-02-16 3M Innovative Properties Co 1-amino 1h-imidazoquinolines
US7163947B2 (en) * 2003-03-07 2007-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-Amino 1H-imidazoquinolines
AU2004220465A1 (en) * 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of tattoo removal
WO2004080293A2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods for diagnosing skin lesions
US20040192585A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2004-09-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for basal cell carcinoma
US20040191833A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2004-09-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Selective activation of cellular activities mediated through a common toll-like receptor
EP1617871A4 (en) * 2003-04-10 2010-10-06 3M Innovative Properties Co Delivery of immune response modifier compounds using metal-containing particulate support materials
WO2004096144A2 (en) * 2003-04-28 2004-11-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Compositions and methods for induction of opioid receptors
EP1653914A4 (en) 2003-08-12 2008-10-29 3M Innovative Properties Co Oxime substituted imidazo-containing compounds
EP1667694B1 (en) * 2003-09-05 2010-04-28 Anadys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tlr7 ligands for the treatment of hepatitis c
CA2536530A1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2005-04-14 Taro Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc. Method of preparing 4-amino-1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolines and acid addition salts thereof
ITMI20032121A1 (en) * 2003-11-04 2005-05-05 Dinamite Dipharma Spa In Forma Abbr Eviata Dipharm PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF IMIQUIMOD AND ITS INTERMEDIATES

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None
See also references of EP1789042A4

Cited By (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7923429B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2011-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for CD5+ B cell lymphoma
US8871782B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2014-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US7879849B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2011-02-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
US7915281B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and method
US7943609B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Proprerties Company Chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds
US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-10-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
US10071156B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2018-09-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
US9248127B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2016-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
US7968563B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2011-06-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US7943610B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamines and analogs thereof
US7943636B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-C) ring compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for the treatment of viral infections and neoplastic diseases
EP1937683A1 (en) * 2005-09-23 2008-07-02 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. METHOD FOR 1H-IMIDAZOÝ4,5-c¨PYRIDINES AND ANALOGS THEREOF
EP1937683A4 (en) * 2005-09-23 2010-08-25 Coley Pharm Group Inc METHOD FOR 1H-IMIDAZOÝ4,5-c¨PYRIDINES AND ANALOGS THEREOF
EP3085373A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-10-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier conjugates
US7906506B2 (en) 2006-07-12 2011-03-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US10144735B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-12-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
US10005772B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
CN105294684B (en) * 2010-08-17 2018-04-06 3M创新有限公司 Composition, preparation and the method for lipidization immune response modifier compound
US10052380B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2018-08-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
CN105294684A (en) * 2010-08-17 2016-02-03 3M创新有限公司 Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
EP3222621A1 (en) * 2010-08-17 2017-09-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound and its medical use
US9795669B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2017-10-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
US11524071B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2022-12-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
EP2606047A4 (en) * 2010-08-17 2014-07-02 3M Innovative Properties Co Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
US10821176B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2020-11-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
EP2606047A1 (en) * 2010-08-17 2013-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
CN103097386A (en) * 2010-08-17 2013-05-08 3M创新有限公司 Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
US10383938B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2019-08-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods
EP3153180A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
WO2014107663A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
EP3756669A1 (en) 2013-01-07 2020-12-30 The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania Compositions for use for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
US10526309B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2020-01-07 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Pan-TAM inhibitors and Mer/Axl dual inhibitors
US11306083B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2022-04-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazo[4,5-C]quinoline compounds with a branched chain linking group for use as an immune response modifier
WO2019166946A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Il-15 variants and uses thereof
WO2019224716A2 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for gucy2c and uses thereof
WO2019224715A1 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd3 and uses thereof
US11434292B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2022-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for CD3 and uses thereof
WO2020128893A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatments of cancer comprising a tlr agonist
US10954239B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2021-03-23 Canwell Biotech Limited Imidazoquinoline amine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic methods thereof
WO2020160054A1 (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-08-06 Canwell Biotech Limited Imidazoquinoline amine derivatives, pharmaceutical composition, use thereof
CN114585621A (en) * 2019-02-01 2022-06-03 康威(广州)生物科技有限公司 Imidazoquinoline amine derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
CN114585621B (en) * 2019-02-01 2023-11-14 康威(广州)生物科技有限公司 Imidazoquinoline amine derivative, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
EP4051270A4 (en) * 2019-10-29 2024-02-28 Prime Reach Trading Ltd 4-amino-imidazoquinoline compounds and use thereof
WO2021124073A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd47, pd-l1, and uses thereof
US20230270819A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2023-08-31 Nammi Therapeutics, Inc. Formulated and/or Co-Formulated Liposome Compositions Containing Toll--Like Receptor ("TLR") Agonist Prodrugs Useful In The Treatment of Cancer and Methods Thereof
US11896646B2 (en) * 2019-12-20 2024-02-13 Nammi Therapeutics, Inc. Formulated and/or co-formulated liposome compositions containing toll-like receptor (“TLR”) agonist prodrugs useful in the treatment of cancer and methods thereof
WO2022013775A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2022-01-20 Pfizer Inc. Therapeutic antibodies and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008511677A (en) 2008-04-17
ES2384390T3 (en) 2012-07-04
AU2005282726A1 (en) 2006-03-16
US20090005376A1 (en) 2009-01-01
CA2578741C (en) 2014-01-14
AU2005282726B2 (en) 2011-06-02
ATE555786T1 (en) 2012-05-15
JP5209312B2 (en) 2013-06-12
PL1789042T3 (en) 2012-09-28
CA2578741A1 (en) 2006-03-16
EP1789042B1 (en) 2012-05-02
EP1789042A2 (en) 2007-05-30
WO2006028962A3 (en) 2006-10-26
US7579359B2 (en) 2009-08-25
EP1789042A4 (en) 2009-07-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1789042B1 (en) 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods
US8143270B2 (en) 2-amino 1H-in-imidazo ring systems and methods
EP1831221B1 (en) Substituted chiral fused 1,2 imidazo 4,5-c ring compounds
US7968563B2 (en) Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US20040176367A1 (en) 1-Amino 1H-imidazoquinolines
US20070287725A1 (en) Isoxazole, Dihydroisoxazole, And Oxadiazole Substituted Imidazo Ring Compounds And Method
WO2005123079A2 (en) Urea substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines
US20090030030A1 (en) Arylalkenyl and arylalkynyl substituted imidazoquinolines
WO2005094531A2 (en) Amide substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2006093514A2 (en) Aryl and arylalkylenyl substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
WO2007120121A2 (en) Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted thiazolo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2006091567A2 (en) Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinoline compounds and methods
WO2006098852A2 (en) Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinolines
AU2006216997A1 (en) Substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2008008432A2 (en) Substituted chiral fused( 1,2) imidazo (4,5-c) ring compounds and methods
EP1686992A2 (en) Hydroxylamine and oxime substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazopyridines, and imidazonaphthyridines

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11574463

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2578741

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007530396

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2005282726

Country of ref document: AU

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005794068

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005282726

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050901

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005282726

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005794068

Country of ref document: EP